&EPA
           United States
           Environmental Protection
           Agency
           Office of
           fcadiatton Programs
           Washington DC 20460
EPA 520/4-7W07C
           Rsdiatiarj.
Technical Support of
Standards for High-Level
Radioactive Waste
Management

Volume C
Migration Pathways

-------
  TECHNICAL SUPPORT OP STANDARDS FOR

HIGH-LEVEL RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT
             TASK C REPORT

   ASSESSMENT OF MIGRATION PATHWAYS
    EPA Contract No.  68-01-4470
              Prepared by
        Arthur D.  Little,  Inc.
     Cambridge, Massachusetts 02140
            March-July 1977

-------
                              DISCLAIMER
     This report was prepared as an account of work sponsored by the
Environmental Protection Agency of the United States Government under
Contract No. 68-01-4470.  Neither the United States nor the United
States Environmental Protection Agency makes any warranty, express or
implied, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accu-
racy, completeness, or usefulness of any information, apparatus, product,
or process disclosed, or represents that its use'would not infringe
privately owned rights.
                                   ii

-------
                            ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
     Many  Individuals contributed to the vork done under the direction
of Arthur  D. Little, Inc., for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
under Contract No. 68-01-4470.  John L. Russell and Daniel Egan of the
Office of  Radiation Programs at EPA served as constant guides in the
process of our vork.  Dr. Bruce S. Old, James I. Stevens, and David I.
Hellstrom  of Arthur D. Little, Inc., were Program Director, Program
Manager, and Assistant Program Manager, respectively, of the overall
project.   Key individuals involved in each of the reports prepared
under the  four tasks were:
TASK A
TASK B
JDonald Korn
"Arthur D. Little,
 Task Director
                                                                    Inc.
 Robert McWhorter,
   Michael Raudenbush,
   and, Lester Goldstein
 S.M. Stoller Corp.

_Edwin L. field
 Arthur D. Little, Inc.
 Task Director
TASK C
 Robert McWhorter and
   Michael Raudenbush
 S.M. Stoller Corp.

 P.J. O'Brien
 Arthur D. Little, Inc.
 Task Director
TASK D
 Dr.  Ronald S.  Lantz
 Intera Environmental
   Consultants, Inc.

 Dr.  John Gormley
 D'Appolonla Consulting
   Engineers, Inc.

JDonald S. Allan
 Arthur D. Little.  Inc.
 Task Director

 Ajit Bhattacharyya and
   Charles R. Hadlock
 Arthur D. Little,  Inc.
                                   ill

-------
                               FOREWORD


     A major Federal effort Is underway to develop methods for disposal
of high-level radioactive waste in deep geologic repositories.  An impor-
tant element of this program is the development and promulgation by the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) of environmental standards
for the management of these wastes.

     In anticipation of its efforts to develop these standards, EPA
recognized that it would be necessary to estimate the expected and
potential environmental impacts from potential geologic repositories
using modeling techniques based upon as thorough an understanding as
possible of the uncertainties involved in the quantities and charac-
teristics of the wastes to be managed, the effectiveness of engineering
controls, and the potential migration and accidental pathways that might
result in radioactive materials entering the biosphere.  Consequently,
in March 1977, the EPA contracted with Arthur D. Little, Inc.,for a study
to provide technical support for its development of environmental regula-
tions for high-level radioactive wastes.  This study was divided into
the following four tasks:

     Task A - Source Term Characterization/Definition

     Task B - Effectiveness of Engineering Controls

     Task C - Assessment of Migration Pathways

     Task D - Assessment of Accidental Pathways

     The information presented in the reports on these tasks was developed
principally during the period March 1977 to February 1978.  In the case of
this report, Task C, the information contained in it was prepared during
the period March-July 1977.  There are many national and international
programs underway to develop additional data, especially in the fields
of waste forms, knowledge of geology and geohydrology, and risk assess-
ment.  The information presented in these reports has been developed
on conceptual bases and is not intended to be specific to particular
conditions at geologic repositories.
                                   iv

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                 Page
Acknowledgements                                                  ill
Foreword                                                           iv
List of Tables                                                   viii
List of Figures                                                     x
C-1.0     INTRODUCTION                                              1
C-2.0     SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS                                   2
  2.1     ASSESSMENT OF GEOLOGIC SITE SELECTION FACTORS             2
  2.2     ANALYSIS OF MIGRATION POTENTIAL                           4
  2.3     DOSE-TO-MAN CONSIDERATIONS                                5
C-3.0     ASSESSMENT OF GEOLOGIC SITE SELECTION FACTORS             8
  3.1     IMPORTANT INTRINSIC PROPERTIES OF GEOLOGIC MEDIA         10
  3.1.1   Hydrogeologic Properties                                 11
  3.1.2   Geochemical Properties                                   16
  3.1.3   Thermal Propert ies                                       27
  3.1.4   Engineering Properties                                   28
  3.2     IDENTIFICATION AND DISCUSSION OF SITE SELECTION
          FACTORS                                                  28
  3.2.1   Lithology                                                30
  3.2.2   Stratigraphy                                             36
  3.2.3   Structural Geology                                       39
  3,2.4   Hyjd rog eo logy                                             43
  3.2.5   Tectonics                                                48
  3,2.6   Erosion and Denudation                                   54
  3.2.7   Mineral Resources                                        55
  3.3     CATEGORIZATION AND RANKING OF SITE SELECTION
          FACTORS                                                  56
  3.3.1   Categorization of Factors                                57
  3.3.2   Ranking of Factors                                       59
  3.4     CONCEPTUAL GEOLOGIC MODELS                               60
  3.4.1   Bedded Salt                                              61

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont.)
                                                                 Page
  3.4.2   Salt Domes                                               64
  3.4.3   Shale                                                    66
  3.4,4   Igneous Rocks (Basalt Model)                             68
C-4.0     ANALYSIS OF MIGRATION POTENTIAL                          71
  4.1     MODES OF WATER CONTACT                                   71
  4.2     EVALUATION OF LEACH RATES                                78
  4.2.1   Introduction                                             78
  4.2.2   Empirical Leach Models                                   79
  4.2.3   Theoretical Leach Models                                 82
  4.3     GEOSPHERE TRANSPORT THEORY ASSESSMENT                    83
  4.3.1   Hydrology - Radionuclide Transport Model Review          85
  4.4     MIGRATION OF RADIONUCLIDES IN THE GEOSPHERE              90
  4.4.1   Introduction                                             90
  4.4.2   Results JJsing Analytical Model                           95
  4.4.3   Results Using Numerical Model                           104
  4.5     COMPARISON OF THE EFFECT OF LOW-GRADE URANIUM
          ORE VS. AN HLW REPOSITORY                               125
C-5.0     DOSE-TO-MAN CONSIDERATIONS                              128
  5.1     OBJECTIVES AND OVERVIEW                                 128
  5.1.1   Introduction and Purpose                                128
  5.1.2   Options and Considerations for Making Radiation
          Dose Assessments                                        129
                                      >
  5.1.3   Conditions of Exposure and Persons or Populations
          at Risk                                                 132
  5.1.4   Implications of the Use of a Linear-Nonthreshold
          Dose-Response                                           136
  5.2     BASIS FOR DOSE-TO-MAN CALCULATIONS                      137
  5.2.1   Introduction                                            137
  5.2.2   Repository Release Scenarios                            138
  5.2.3   Pathway Models                                          142
                                  vi

-------
                     TABLE OF CONTENTS  (cont.)
  5.2.4   ExposureRoutes
  5.3     RESULTS Of RADIATION DOSE CALCULATIONS
  5.3.1   Introduction
  5.3.2   "Maximum."Individual Radiation gose
  5.3.3   "tfaximum" PopulationRadiation Dose
  5.3.4   "Reasonable" Population Dose
  5.4     EVALUATION Of DOSE-TO-MAN CONSIDERATIONS
  5.4.1   WorldwideImpactofIodine-129
  5.4.2   Comparison with Natural^ Background Radiation
  5,4.3   Comparison with Radium-226 Currently Present
          in the Colorado River
References Cited
APPENDICES
          Appendix C-I
          Appendix C-II
Glossary
Radioactive Walste Migration
Model
          Appendix C-III  Parameters of Study
          Appendix C-IV   "Maximum" Individual and
          Appendix C-V
Population Dose Commitment
Sample Calculations
"Reasonable" Population Dose
Methodology and Sample Calculation
 Page
  150
  157
  157
  158
  162
  164
  166
  166
  168

  170
  173

C-I-1
C-II-l
e-iii-i

C-IV-JL
c-v-i
                                 vii

-------
                            LIST OF TABLES
Table No.                                                         Page

  C-l        Example Intrinsic Properties for Typical
             Repository and Associated Lithologies                  12

  C-2        Permeability of Various Rock and Soil Types            15

  C-3        Estimated Distribution Coefficients (K
-------
                        LIST OF TABLES (cont.)
Table No.                                                         Page

  C-17       Physical Data and Dose Commitment Factors
             for Significant Radlonuclldes                         139

  C-18       Radlonucllde Concentrations Following Diffusion
             Into & Potable Aquifer (Scenario 1)                   140

  C-19       Radlonucllde Concentrations in Aquifer at
             Aquifer Entry (Scenario 2)                            144

  C-20       Environmental and Biological Transfer Coefficients
             for Dose Commitment Calculations                      146

  C-21       Information for River Model "A" for Reasonable
             Population Dose Calculations                          148

  C-22       Information for River Model "B" for Reasonable
             Population Dose Calculations                          149

  C-23       Fifty-Year Dose Commitment Calculated for the
             Case of Diffusion Into a Potable Aquifer
             (Scenario 1}                                          159

  C-24       Dose Commitment Calculated for Aqueous Transport
             by Flow into a Potable Aquifer (Scenario 2)            160

  C-25       Summary of Total "Maximum" Individual and
             Population Dose Commitments for Direct Ingestion
             of Contaminated Aquifer                               161

  C-26       Summary of Reasonable Population Dose Commitments
             by Significant Radionuclides and Pathways             165

  C-27       Comparison of "Reasonable" Population 50-Year
             Dose Commitments for Ra-226 from Scenario 2
             and Ra-226 In the Colorado River                      172
                                 ix

-------
                         LIST OP FIGURES
FigureJfo.                                                        Page

  C-l        Ranges of Distribution Coefficients for
             Various Rock Types                                     21

  C-2        Radioactive Waste Repository Conceptual
             Model in Tectonized Shale                              41

  C-3        Radioactive Waste Repository Conceptual
             Model in Salt Dome                                     44

  C-4        Regions of the World in Which Major Earthquakes
             and Volcanoes Occur                                    52

  G-5        Radioactive Waste Repository Conceptual
             Model in Bedded Salt                                   62

  C-6        Radioactive Waste Repository Conceptual
             Model in Non-Tectonized Shale                          67

  C-7        Radioactive Waste Repository Conceptual
             Model in Basalt                                        70

  C-8        Two Flow Regimes                                       73

  C-9        Cross-Section Data for Evaluation of Flow
             Regimes                                                74

  C-10       Calculated Interbed Velocities for Two Flow
             Regimes                                                76

  C-ll       Comparison of Laboratory and In-Situ Leach Data        81

  C-12       Comparison of Leach Rates for Two Leach Models         84

  C-13       Numerical Representation of Geologic Models            91

  C-14       Effect of Leach Time and Migration on Nuclide
             Concentration                                         101

  C-15       Schematic Illustration of Maximum Individual
             and Upper Limit Population Dose by Diffusion
             to a Potable Aquifer (Scenario 1)                     141

-------
                       LIST OF FIGURES (cont.)
FigureNo.                                                        Page

  C-16       Schematic Illustration of Maximum Individual
             and Upper Limit Population Dose by Aqueous
             Flow Transport to a Potable Aquifer (Scenario 2)      143

  C-17       Schematic Illustration of "Reasonable"
             Population Dose (Scenarios 1 & 2)                     155
                                  xi

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
C-1.0  INTRODUCTION

     In providing technical support of standards for high-level radio-
active waste management, this Task C report has three principal objectives:
          •  To assess geologic site selection factors.

          *  To review available information and quantify the potential
             for the migration of nuclides through the geosphere to
             the biosphere, and finally

          •  To consider dose-to-man implications of a repository for
             high-level waste (HLW) containing large quantities of
             radionuclides in high concentrations that might become
             dispersed into the biosphere over geologic times.

     The Task C work implicitly  assumes that no repository is likely
to meet all criteria that would ensure absolute integrity of the
repository over geologic time or even over one or two centuries.
Rather, repository integrity will involve:

          .» Selection of a site whose characteristics minimize, but
             do not entirely remove,the probability  of nuclide
             migration,

           * Site/repository engineering solutions to problems that
             cannot be avoided in the site selection process, and

           * Site monitoring to allow remedial action should events
             require it.
     Thus, Task C attempts to summarize the influences on nuclide
migration potential and thereby identify critical inadequacies in the
data and analytical method.

-------
C-2.0  SUMMARY AKD CONCLUSIONS
C-2.1  ASSESSMENT OF GEOLOGIC SITE SELECTION FACTORS

     The extent to which geologic media can serve as barriers to radio-
nuclide migration depends principally on the geologic properties of the
media and on the possibility of catastrophic geologic events.  Such
factors as lithology, stratigraphy, structure, hydrogeology, tectonics,
erosion, and mineral resources—and the interrelationships among these
factors—must be identified and evaluated from the perspective of radio-
nuclide transport or containment.
     The "ideal" land site for a high-level radioactive waste repository
would be geologically stable and isolated from aquifers and from the
biosphere.  The rock would be capable of adsorbing radionuclides and
diffusing heat.  Since an "ideal" site will not exist in nature, this
task report identifies geologic factors that bear importantly on siting
decisions in general.

     Siting factors rely on a detailed knowledge of hydrogeologic t geo-
chemical,  thermal, and engineering properties of the repository material
and of the surrounding rock.  Of principal importance are the basic
physical rock properties, e.g., permeability, porosity, and fracture
systems that determine the basic hydrologic parameters of a rock suite,
flow rate through the rock most particularly.  Other rock properties,
e.g., geoehemical and thermal, operate to modify (largely to retard) the
rate of hydrologic transport of various species, e.g., chemical consti-
tuents as typified by radionuclides.   Engineering properties of the
repository host rock taken as a whole, are critical to the repository
itself and are, therefore, the most vital factor in the sense that they
are the initial determinant of repository integrity.
     In examining a specific site, a number of basic studies are required,
each designed to yield information sufficient to identify and evaluate

-------
 site  seismicity characteristics, rock type, and distribution; the struc-
 ture  or physical arrangements of the rocks; tectonic processes, e.g.»
 volcanlsm; and surficial processes such as erosion.  Inventories of
 mineral resources and other near-site activities such as oil and gas
 drilling could also bear on site suitability.
      The notion of site factor ranking should be avoided in other than
 site-specific cases since, at any given site, one or another factor may
 predominate.  To suggest a generic ranking assumes a uniformity and sim-
 plicity in nature that cannot be supported.  For example, in a salt dome,
 the plastic behavior of salt under thermal stress over long periods of
 time  is of greatest importance.  In layered or bedded salt, the distri-
 bution and thickness of interlaminations of clays and shales with the
 salt, as well as Joint or fault systems, are of primary significance.
 In basalt terrains, interlayers of rubble that may be aquifers are impor-
 tant, as well as joint or fault systems that could serve as conduits
 from  a repository to the biosphere.  These several examples do not sug-
 gest  that other factors can be neglected or in fact that in any given
 instance another factor or several factors might not predominate.  These
 factors reflect the inherently complex character of crustal rock, which
makes Investigation difficult.  This complexity accounts as well for
 success, or lack thereof, in drilling oil wells, unpredictable rock fall
behavior in mines, and the profound difficulties encountered in earth-
quake prediction.
      In order to facilitate understanding of these processes,  general-
ized models were developed that formed the conceptual background, util-
ized subsequently in the Task C Report for analysis of migration from
the repository through geologic media to the biosphere and for evaluation
of the potential dose to man.

-------
C-2.2  ANALYSIS OF MIGRATION POTENTIAL
     The objective of this sub-task was to select a suitable model for
quantitative"prediction of the migration of radionuclides from a breached
HLW containment through the geologic environment and into communication
with biosphere pathways to human consumption.  The intention of the task
was not to develop entirely new physical and analytical models, but rather
to review the applicability of existing models, and identify and select an
appropriate one for examination of parameters.  The physical parameters of
the model ware to be compatible with the several characteristics of acceptable
geologic media for siting of an HLW, and were to be definable as independent
variables.
     A review of available models identified one as being generally
adequate.  Sensitivity analyses were performed on the several param-
eters of this model, and appropriate ranges of values were found for
each parameter.
     The simplified model for migration of radionuclides from the HLW
through the geosphere assumes ultimate failure of the primary contain-
ment system, and proceeds to estimate the concentrations of Individual
radionuclides that will escape from the repository by (a) leaching into
groundwater, (b) transport in and/or through the groundwater in the vicinity
of the repository upward to an overlying aquifer, and (c) lateral transport
in the aquifer to points at various distances from the repository site.
Mechanisms considered to affect transport between the repository and the
overlying aquifer include permeability of the rock, convective water flow
through fractured rock and, alternatively, diffusion of dissolved nuclides
through non-flowing water in that region.  Mechanisms affecting transport
in the aquifer include convective flow and retardation of ions by selective
adsorption.
     Factors considered to affect the concentrations of individual radio-
nuclides occurring at various locations in the aquifer and at various
points in time (up to 100,000 years after emplacement) include the mass
of each nuclide originally present in the HLW, radioactive decay and
growth, dilution by groundwater, and selective adsorption within the
aquifer.  Calculations were performed, leading to predicted concentrations
                                   4

-------
of specific radionuclides at various points in the aquifer up to 8.0 km
(5 miles) distant from jthe repository.  Only a few of the actinide and
fission product nuclides were predicted to exist at significant concen-
trations at distances beyond 1.6 km (1 mile) from the repository at any
time up to 100,000 years after emplacement.  These nuclides were used
as the basis for calculating dose-to-man effects.  In order to compare
the concentrations of nuclides predicted to migrate to various points
at distances away from the repository with those that might be expected
to be leached away from a naturally-occurring uranium ore deposit of
comparable size and in the same location, calculations were made using
the same assumptions of factors affecting migration, and assuming a
0.2% uranium ore deposit at the site of the HLW.  The circumstances
assumed for the HLW case (Scenario 2) resulted in approximately equal
concentrations of Ra-226 in the aquifer as for the uranium ore case.
C-2.3  DOSE-TO-MAN CONSIDERATIONS
     Considerations of alternatives for geologic emplacement of high-level
waste (HLW) lead to a limited range of possible circumstances for transport
of radionuclides away from the repository site, once the primary contain-
ment system has been breached.  Two sets of conditions were selected fo'r
modeling the circumstances for escape of radionuclides to the biosphere.
Those sets of conditions, labeled "Scenario 1" and "Scenario 2," were
used to predict the concentrations of specific radionuclides occurring
in potable aquifers at various distances from the repository site and
at various times in the future.
     Given the predicted levels of various radionuclides in the potable
aquifer under the conditions assumed for "Scenario 1" (diffusive trans-
port to the aquifer) and "Scenario 2" (direct connective flow transport
to the aquifer), the possible rates for exposure of people to the radiation
dose resulting from ingestion of contaminated food or of the water itself
were examined.  Calculations of anticipated human radiation dose commit-
ments were made for three different hypothetical cases:
     *  Human ingestion, for a period of one year, of water taken from
        the contaminated aquifer at a point directly over the breached
        repository.
                                   5

-------
     *  Human Ingestlon of vegetables, milk from cows, and beef from
        cattle that have served as biological transfer agents of radlo-
        nuclides from contaminated water, as well as some direct inges-
        tion of the water itself.  Use of water from the river, in this
        case, is predominantly for agricultural purposes, so radiation
        dose commitments to the affected population are dominated by
        crop-ingestion mechanisms.  The contaminated water in this case
        is assumed to be from a hypothetical river (River Model "A") that
        intersects the contaminated aquifer at a point 1.6 km (1 mile)
        from the breached repository,
     *  Conditions identical to the above, except that more of the water
        from the hypothetical river (River Model "B") is used for direct
        human consumption than is the water from River Model "A."

Radionuclide concentrations in all three cases are calculated -On the
basis of each of the two assumed mechanisms for aquifer contamination,
corresponding to Scenario 1 and Scenario 2, respectively.
     The results of the analysis are given in terms of estimated 50-year
radiation dose commitments to individuals and to populations of 250
people for the "maximum" dose assumption and 10,000 people for the
"reasonable" dose assumption, respectively.  Ingestion of the radionu-
clides is assumed to be for a period of one year, and dose commitments
are calculated for whole body, for bone, and for thyroid.
     The principal radiation dose effects were found to be from a small
number of radionuclides, namely,  strontium-90, iodine-129, radium-226»
neptuniuffi-237 and plutonium-239 and -240.  Several other nuclides were
included in the exercise, based on their apparent Importance in terms of
concentrations predicted in the aquifer at various times and places.
When Ingestion and dose commitment factors were included, however, only
the named nuclides were found to contribute significantly to the dose-
to-man estimates.  The relative importance of each of these nuclides was
found to change with time after emplacement.   Comparisons were made of
the predicted radiation dose effects of nuclides escaping from the HLW

-------
with chose of the natural background radiation.  Except for the extra-
ordinary circumstances postulated for calculations of the "maximum"
individual dose commitment for Scenario 2, none of the modeled cases
led to predicted dose commitments as large as that due to the natural
background.
     Comparisons were also made between the dose commitments predicted
froifl the case of River Model "A" and those calculated from actual con-
centrations of radium in the Colorado River.  (Characteristics of River
Model "A" were based on actual characteristics of the Colorado River
mainstream.)  The radiation dose commitments estimated from present
actual radium concentrations were found to be 10,000 times greater than
those predicted for the maximum Ra-226 concentrations expected from the
HLW leakage.

-------
C-3.0  ASSESSMENT OF GEOLOGIC SITESELECTION FACTORS

     Task C-l assesses deep geologic site selection factors and

provides conceptual geologic models for conditions where HLW reposi-

tories may be located.  The scope includes evaluation of the existing

data on site selections, with no new development work.  Much of the

Information is based on extensive studies conducted by contractors for
the Energy Research and Development Administration, especially Battelle
Northwest Laboratories and the U.S. Geological Survey,


The following are included in this subtask:

          •  Evaluation of available pertinent published
             reports from the United States and abroad and
             discussions with recognized authorities in
             various applicable technical areas.

          *  Determination and discussion of intrinsic proper-
             ties of geologic media which can serve as "barriers "
             and/or  "paths" to radlonuclide migration.

          *  Identification of geologic site selection factors,
             Including litholoey, stratigraphy, structure,
             hydrogeology, tectonics, erosion, and mineral
             resources.

          •  Development of an Investigative sequence for evaluating
             site selection factors,  considering their
             direct impact on radionuclide transport and inter-
             relationships within the total geologic setting.

          •  Identification of general, but representative,
             geologic settings for developing illustrative
             conceptual geologic models of likely disposal
             areas, including bedded salt, salt domes, two
             types of shale, and a profile consisting primar-
             ily of basalt.


The major objective of disposal of HLW in deep geologic media is to
provide containment until the radionuclides decay to an innocuous

level.  For this study, the required containment period is considered to

be on the order of one million years.  Containment is considered to mean

-------
 that no wastes  (radionuclides) escape  to  the biosphere  in  concentrations
 deleterious  to  man or his  environment.

 The ideal  site  is one with an assured  tectonic,  hydrologie,  and mechanical
 stability, which is  isolated from  any  type  of  pathway-to-groundwater
 aquifers  (rock  or soil  strata containing  water that  reaches  the ground
 surface in any  natural  or  manmade  manner) and  from the biosohere.  The geologic
 materials  should be  capable of  (1)  adsorbing any radionuclides  that
 begin  to  travel from their emplaced position and (2) diffusing
 heat without  impairing  the integrity of the natural  formation.
 Also,  the  ideal site would preserve for the longest  period the  integrity
 of any other  containment methods used; namely,  the vitrification of
 waste  and  the encapsulation of the solidified  radionuclidee  into metal
containers, as discussed in the  Task B report.   Individual
 sites  that satisfy all  individual  objectives may not exist in
 nature, but a  perfect site  is not required so long  as it has  a proper
 combination of  the related factors.  This subtask  identifies those
 geologic factors that will determine a site's  suitability  and shows how the
 factors can be  balanced to satisfy the basic disposal objective.   Non-
 geologic factors,including thermal  and engineering properties,  are dis-
 cussed, but to  a lesser extent.

 Control of radionuclide release from a repository  must account  for
 several ground  escape mechanisms:
           *   Catastrophic  but nongeologic events,  such as  a  mete-
              orite impact,  that could disrupt  the  repository.
          •   Catastrophic,  geologic-related events, such as
              major fault displacement or volcanic  eruption.
           •   Gradual processes which occur  over  long time
              periods.

This geologic site selection study  covers only the latter two types of
occurrences.  Gradual release mechanisms include transportation of
radionuclides through the geosphere.  The transport mechanism can con-
ceivably be through moving or stationary groundwater, moving or sta-
tionary gas within the pore spaces of, the geologic  media, or by diffusion

-------
through the solid material itself.  Available studies identify ground-
water as the most important mechanism.  Consequently, dispersion with
moving groundwater and/or diffusion through stationary pore water are
considered as the only significant mechanisms,   These phenomena are largely
controlled by the hydrogeologic and geochemical properties of the
media as introduced in Section C-3.1.

Catastrophic geologic events are not dependent upon the Intrinsic
properties of the host rock at the repository.  Discussions of tb^se
factors are included in Sections C-3.2 and C-3.3, where the site selec-
tion factors are introduced and evaluated.

Section C-3.4 identifies  conceptually  several types of settings  for
deep  geologic repositories.   It should be recognized  that no  unique
site  factor  ranking  scheme  is preferable  to  another since the site fac-
tors  are  not analytically related in a. mathematical or absolute  sense.
The basic utility of arraying factors  is  to  assure completeness  of the
investigation.
C-3.1  IMPORTANT INTRINSIC  PROPERTIES  OP  GEOLOGIC MEDIA

Unless  a  catastrophic event occurs,  the escape of radionuclides  will
be dependent on such forces as the pressure,  temperature, and chemical
conditions surrounding the  repository  as  well as on the basic intrinsic
properties of the geologic  media.   Depending upon site-specific
factors,  one or several of  the following  intrinsic properties may
take  on greater importance.

The intrinsic properties  of geologic media considered to  be most
important  in relation  to  radioactive waste storage are;

      *   Hydrogeologic properties,  which  determine the forms  in
          which  water,  water vapor, or gases exist in pore  spaces
          and the rate(s)  at which they will  flow through  a
          geologic medium.
                                   10

-------
          •  Geochemical properties.which play a major  role  in
             determining (1) the rate at which radionuclide
             movement is retarded or accelerated,  (2) how  the
             geologic material will behave when internal   en-
             vironmental conditions  are changed,  and (3)  the
             nature of  chemical reactions  that may result  from
             contact of radionuclldes with the geologic media.

          *  Thermal properties, which  determine  the physical
             and chemical  behavior of the  media when heated  and
             the rate at which heat  can be dissipated,

          *  Engineering properties, which determine local
             structural tsetiavior at the disposal opening before
             and after it  is backfilled and, more  importantly,
             how the media will respond to displacement changes
             from larger-scale geologic events.
the following sections further describe these intrinsic properties and

how they influence radionuclide migration potential.  Table  C-l  presents
typical ranges of certain intrinsic properties of several rock types.
C-3.1.1  Hydrogeologic Properties

Two basic hydrogeologic conditions govern the existence and/or movement

of groundwater:

          •  The bydrologie properties and behavior of
             intact, unfractured or unbroken rocks (primary
             characteristics); and

          •  The hydrologic properties and behavior of
             disturbed zones (fractures, faults, joints,
             stylolites, solution channels, etc.) where
             the extent of disturbance, and not the rock
             itself, predominates (secondary characteristics).
Groundwater moves from levels of higher pressure to lower pressure.

The velocity of the flow (for laminar flow) is proportional to the

pressure drop per unit length of distance traveled, i.e., the hydraulic

gradient.  This relationship between the hydraulic gradient and the
                                                                       (2)
groundwater velocity is expressed by a relationship called Darcy's Law.
                                  11

-------
                                          TABLE C-l

 EXAMPLE INTRINSIC  PROPERTIES FOR TYPICAL REPOSITORY AND ASSOCIATED  LITHOLOGIES
     PARAMETER             SALT        LIMESTONE       SHALE       SANDSTONE       BASALT      GRANITE
Porosity (percent) <] 15 10
Permeability lO^-lO'9 lO^-lO'9 lO^-lO'9
(cm/sec)
Thermal Conductivity n 17 = o o 7
(jiij i / ' On\ J-j— JL/ J— o j— /
millical/cm sec C)
<5-30
10~2-10"7
3-10
1-40
io-5-io-9
3-4
0.05-3
ID'10
6-9
Source:  Ekren, E.B.  et  al., Geologic and Hydrologic Considerations  for Various
        Concepts of  High-Level Radioactive Waste Disposal in Conterminous
        United States.   Open-File Report 74-158, U.S. Department  of Interior
        Geological Survey, Richland, Washington, 1974.

-------
Darcy's Law  for a one-dimensional case  Is  described  by the  equation;

                               v - K Ab.

where
          V  - velocity of flow  (cm/s),
          K  - permeability of the medium and indicates  the
              ability of the fluid to move through the  medium
              under a hydraulic gradient   (cm/s),
         Ah  » difference in hydraulic head (cm),
          L  - the distance between the  two points from  which the
              hydraulic head change is measured  (cm).

The ratio of the difference between hydraulic head (Ah) and the distance
L is called  the hydraulic gradient (I).  To express  the flow rate  (Q), or
the quantity of water flowing through a unit cross-sectional area  (A)
per unit tine, Darcy's Law can be written:

                              Q - AV »  KIA                            (2)

The restriction that Darcy's Law is valid  only under conditions of
laminar flow and that it requires modification when  turbulent flow
prevails should not have impact on analyses for  a suitable  repository.
Even though  turbulent flow conditions may  exist  on a microscopic basis
as groundwater moves through geologic media, the macroscopic outcome of
flow in overall low permeability regimes (such as should exist in the geologic
media surrounding any seriously-considered site  for  a repository) may be
adequately described by the laws governing laminar flow (Darcy's Law).

The permeability used in the above equation may  be (1)  the  primary
permeability of the porous rock medium; or (2) the secondary permeability
of the rock  if flow is predominantly through fractures, fissures, or other
types of small discontinuities.
                                   13

-------
The magnitude of  the primary permeability is most dependent upon the
grain size,  the degree of crystallization, and/or cementation and compac-
tion.  The lower  end of the permeability ranges shown for various rock
types in Table e-2 is primary permeability.

Secondary permeability (resulting from cracks and fissures in the rock)
is likely to be of greater concern when considering potential ground-
water flow through strata surrounding a HLW repository.  Secondary
permeability must usually be determined in the field from well-planned
boring drilled to intersect the predominant fractures in the
rock.  Careful attention must be given to the fracture orientations to
facilitate recognition of preferred directions of permeability.  Estab-
lished relationships exist for deducing overall permeability values from
field permeability tests and pump tests.  Also, if appropriate measure-
ments can be obtained from rock corings, the following equation can be
used to estimate  the secondary permeability value in fractured or fis-
sured rock:

                          K* - J2L                         0>
                               12vb
where
          K1 = equivalent permeability of a planar array of
               parallel smooth cracks  (cm/s),
           g = gravitational acceleration (981 cm/s^),
           e = opening of cracks or fissures  (cm),
           V = the coefficient of kinematic viscosity
               (0.0101 cm2/s  for pure
               water at 20  °C.,)
           b = spacing between cracks  (cm).

For calculating flow through fractured or fissured rock, the permeability
in Equation  (1) should be replaced by K* (secondary permeability).
                                  14

-------
                                                             TABLE C-2
                                          PERMEABILITY OF  VARIOUS ROCK AND SOIL TYPES
Permeability, in
cubic centimeters
per second per
square centimeter*
Permeability, in
gallons per day
per square foot
Degree of
permeability
Soil type"'"
Rock type
Probabla yield, to •
mil la gallon* p«r
•Inuta
102 101 1.0 10"1 10"2 10"3 10~4 10~5 10"6 10"7 10~8 10"9
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 II
106 105 10* 103 102 101 1.0 10" l 10"2 10~3 10~4 10~5
1 1 II II II
*?* High Moderate Low *«**
nigh low
Very fine sands; silts; mixtures
Clean sands; clean of sand, silt, and clay; glacial Homogeneous clays
ean sand and gravel till; stratified clay deposits; below zone of
mixtures etc . weathering









>3,000 1,000 100 10 <1.0
11 t 1 1
* Multiply by 1.04 x 10  to obtain darcy units.
 'From Terzaghi, K. and R. B.  Peck, Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice. John Wiley and Sons,  Inc.,  New York, New York, p. 566, 1960.
Source:   Schneider,  K.J.  and A.11. Platt (editors).  High Level Waste Management  Objectives.
          Battelle Pacific Northwest  Laboratories, Pvichland, Washington,  BNWL-1900,, May  1974.

-------
The flow velocity defined by Equation (1) is actually only an apparent

velocity across a given cross section, considering that the water flows

in a straight path.  Actually however, the water flows in a very tortuous

path around individual grains or fissures and into and out of- pore and

opening sizes of various sizes  and configurations.  Accordingly, in

order  to describe  properly phenomena  that can retard the migration of

chemical elements  through geologic media (discussed in Section  G-3.1.2),

it is  necessary to introduce another  term,  interstitial velocity, that

describes  groundwater  flow.  As an example  for porous media, inter-

stitial velocity is defined by the equation:


                         V  = V/e                           (4)
                          w


where

          V  • interstitial velocity of groundwater flow
           w
               (cra/s),
           e =« porosity (the ratio of the volume occupied

               by pores to the total volume of a geologic

               material).


Interstitial velocity is always greater than the Darcy velocity (Equa-

tion 1) when considering a specific hydrogeologic flow regime.


C-3.1.2  Geo chemica1 Properties
Geochemical properties of rock at a repository are Important for two

reasons:

          •  Properties such as ion-exchange capacity,
             mineralogy, and natural water (pore water)
             chemistry can remove nuclides  (sorption) from
             slowly moving water, reducing  the threat to
             man even if absolute impermeability cannot be
             confirmed.

          *  Rock mineralogy, solubility, water content, and
             composition are important considerations in
             assessing potential waste-rock interactions-
             considering both the impact on the waste and on
             the rock.
                                16

-------
 C-3,1.2.1  Sorption Capacities of Geologic Materials
Section C-3.1.1 indicates that if water and a hydraulic  gradient exist,
some small flow can occur, even in very tight rock  formations.  This  sec-
tion shows that geologic media can act to impede radionuclide migra-
tion to the biosphere, even if flow does occur.  Dissolved  radionuclides
may enter into complex physicochemical reactions with  the geologic
materials by phenomena such as adsorption, Ion exchange, 'colloid filtra-
tion, reversible precipitation, and irreversible mineralization.  These
mechanisms are usually combined into one general teijm  called "sorption."
In effect, the sorption phenomena cause ions to move at  much lower velo-
cities than the medium (groundwater in this case) transporting  them.

Sorption is expressed in terms of distribution coefficients, K, for
                                                     (4)       a
porous media and K  for fractured media, as follows.

                                  fm x Lv
and
where
where
          K, * distribution coefficient for porous media In
               ml/g,
          fin = the fraction of total activity adsorbed on the mineral,
          Lv «• volume of solution equilibrated with Mw  (ml),
          fs = fraction of total activity in solution «• 1-fm,
          Mw = weight of mineral  (g).
                             v  - fm * Lv
                             Ka ~ fs x Fa                         <6>
          K  = distribution coefficient for fractured  or faulted
           a
               media in ml/cm2
          Fa « surface area of both sides of the fracture
               (cm2).
                                   1?

-------
The K, and K values are dependent  in a  complex way'on  such  parameters  as
      M.       3.
pH of the groundwater,  the specific nuclides present, concentration  and
type  of dissolved  ions, temperature, oxidation-reduction potential  (redox
potential, !„), presence or  absence of organic material, and  others.

The effectiveness  of any geologic medium to act as a retarder for a
particular condition is expressed as the retardation factor, R,.  For
                                                              a
a particular element, R, is  defined as the ratio of the water velocity
to the nucllde migration velocity (dimensionless term).   The retardation
factor is related  to the distribution coefficients by the following
relationships:

          For porous media,  R, *• 1  + K,p/e (dimensionless)       (7)

          For fractured media, R, = 1 + K Rf (dimenaionless)     (8)

where
                                              3
          p * bulk density of the medium ( g/cm ),
          e - porosity as defined in Section C-3.1.1 (dimensionless),
         Rf ** the  surf ace-to-volume ratio of the fracture (cm  /ml).
The magnitude of radlonuclide migration retardation that can be realized
may be expressed by relating the velocity of ions moving through the geologic
medium to the interstitial velocity of water flow by the following equation:
                                     V
                                V. - f-                          (9)
                                 1   Rd
          V. - the velocity of the ionic species,
          and all other terms are as previously defined.
As discussed below in relation to Table C-3, retardation factors can
vary from as low as 1.0 to as high as 50,000 or more.  For this range,
the velocity of the ions can be the same as the water transporting them
or as little as 10~  times as fast.
                                  18

-------
                              TABLE C-3

         ESTIMATED DISTRIBUTION COEFFICIENTS (ICj) AND
       RETARDATION FACTORS  (R.) IN A TYPICAL DESERT SOIL
ATOMIC NO.
1
4
6
11
17
18
19
20
26
27
28
34
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
46
48
50
51
53
55
61
62
63
67
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
ELEMENT
Tritium
Beryllium
Carbon
Sodium
Chlorine
Argon
Potassium
Calcium
Iron
Cobalt
Nickel
Selenliun
Krypton
Rubidium
Strontium
Yttrium
Zirconium
Niobium
Molybdenum
Technetium
Palladium
Cadmium
Tin
Antimony
Iodine
Cesium
Fromethium
Samarium
Europluu
Holmlum
Thallium
Lead
Bismuth
Polonium
Astatine
Radon
Francium
Radium
Actinium
Thorium
Protactinium
Uranium
Neptunium
Plutonium
Anericium
Curium
Berkelium
Kd 
-------
In the mechanism that permits sorption to function, exchangeable ions
are released from the host rock into the water in exchange for radio-
nuclides.  As an example, the adsorption of cesium or strontium ions
by clay can release sodium or potassium ions into the water.  Thereafter,
those released Ions, together with ions originally present in the groundwater,
compete with radionuclides  for additional available exchange sites.
This process allows radionuclide migration to be greatly retarded for
many conditions, but not necessarily eliminated.

Distribution coefficients are variable and uniquely determined for only
a single set of physical and chemical conditions.  Figure C-l illustrates
ranges of distribution coefficients for tuff, granite, limestone and
dolomite, basalt, and soils in relation to cesium, mixed fission pro-
ducts, strontium, and iodine.     For the cesium, mixed fission and
strontium cations (positively charged ions), granite possesses the
                                   1      3
lowest distribution coefficient (10  to 10  ml/g)» while tuff and
                                         1      45
soil exhibit the highest coefficients (10  to 10 *  ml/g).  It is
noteworthy that for the iodine anion (negatively charged ion), the
distribution coefficient is close to 1 for the rock types, but from
        1      35
about 10  to 10 *  ml/g for soils.  Although very little research
has been conducted on anionic solutions, the available data indicate
that the mechanisms controlling retardation of cations may not readily
apply to retardation of anions.

As further related examples, Table C-3 lists estimated distribution coef-
ficients for a typical desert soil for a wide variety of nuclidea.
This table shows that the K, can be as low as zero for tritium, various
noble gases, iodine and a few other elements or as high as  4000 and
15,000 ml/g  for protactinium and  thorium, respectively.

Table C-4 indicates distribution coefficients for different soil materials
and for clay samples taken at various depths for plutonium, americiura,
yttrium, strontium,and cesium.     For these materials, strontium ha* t
very low K , ranging from 2 ml/g in river sand to about
                                    20

-------
      '10s
EFFICIENTS

a 6
« *
    o
    o

    2
    O

    p
    3
    CD

    tr

    fc
    S
o
o
-
o
!
             r
                          ^«f
               CESfUM
MIXED-FISSION
  PRODUCTS
STRONTIUM
IODINE
     NOTE:
        DISTRIBUTION COEFFICIENT  VALUES

        FOR IONS SHOWN
     LEGEND
           TUFF


           GRANITE


           LIMESTONE AND DOLOMITE


           iASALT


     fill  SOILS
SOURCE:


  SCHNEIDER, K. J. AND A M. PLATT (EDS >
             «
  i An»*vfATTELLE PAC(F'C NORTHWEST
  LABORATORIES, RICHLAND, WASHINGTON, MAY 1974,
             FIGURE C-l  RSMGES OF DISTRIBUTION COEFFICIENTS

                         FOR VARIOUS ROCK TYPES
                                    21

-------
                                TABLE 0-4
             DISTRIBUTION COEFFICIENTS  *Kff) FOR DIFFERENT
                      SOIL MATERIALS  AND CLAY
DISTRIBUTION COEFFICIENTS FOR DIFFERENT SOIL MATERIALS (rat/g)
MATERIAL

Clay
Sands tone
Caprock
River sand
Pu Am
4 4
10 5 x 10
2 x IO3 2 x IO4
5 x IO2 . 3 x IO3
2 x IO2 4 x IO2
Y
3
HT
io3
6 x IO2
6 x IO2
Sr

2.5-10
2.5
4
2
Cs
2
2 x 10
2 x IO2
6
10
DISTRIBUTION COEFFICIENTS FOR VARIOUS NUCLIDES MEASURED
FOR CLAY SAMPLES TAKEN AT VARIOUS DEPTHS (mt/g)
SAMPLE
DEPTH
(meters)
20 - 3U *
55 - 60 +
100 - 125 t

120 - 130 t


200 - 225 t

245 - 275

300 - 325

328 - 348

Pu

io4
5 x IO3
6 x IO3
3
5 x 10
3
7 x 10
6 x IO3
3
8 x 10
3
9 x 10
3
8 x 10
Am
8 x IO4
6 x IO4
5 x IO4
4
6 x 10
4
2 x 10

9 x IO4
4
4 x 10

4
4 x 10
4
5 x 10


Y

1.6 x IO3
8 x IO2
6 x IO2
2
7 x 10
«
6 x 10
8 x IO2
2
7 x 10
2
7 x 10
2
8 x 10

Sr

21
20
12

4

5
7

4

3

2.5

Cs

3 x IO2
2 x IO2
2 x IO2
2
2.7 x 10
2
3 x 10
1 x IO2
2
1.1 x 10
2
2 x 10
2
2.5 x 10
NOTES:
         * Quaternary clay.
         + Young Tertiary clay.
         + Older Tertiary clay.
SOURCE:   Modified from Hamstra, J. and B. Verkeck.   Review of Dutch Geologic
         Haste Disposal Programmes.  International  Conference on Nuclear
         Power and its Fuel Cycle, Salzburf,,  Austria,  2-3 Hay 1977.  IAEA.
         CN36/2G9,  Netherlands Energy Research Foundation ECN Patten, the
         Netherlands, 1977.
                                  22

-------
 20 ml/g in clay material.  Plutonium and amerieium have the largest dls-
                                                                     3
 tribution .coefficients, reaching their maxlmums in clay at around 10  to
   4
 10  ml/g.  The distribution coefficient values due to sorption are higher
 for all of the radionuclides in clay material.  No relationships between
 K. and depth are apparent from the data in Table C-4.
 None of  the distribution coefficients presented above as examples can
 be used  directly in determining the retardation factor in fractured or
 fissured media.   Little work has been done  to determine these values and
 representative values  are not reported in the literature.   However, the
 distribution coefficient for fractured media for a particular nuclide
 should be expected  to  be significantly lower than the distribution
 coefficient for  porous media for the same ion based only on the geometry
 of the two types of flow.

 Retardation factors are also presented in Table C-3 for the corresponding
 distribution coefficients.   These are calculated for specific media
 porosities, and bulk densities for illustrative purposes only.   Consid-
 ering the R,  for thorium (50,000)  as an extreme example and using Equation  (9),
 it  is apparent that the velocity (V.)  at  which thorium would move through
                                          -5
 the tested material is a factor  of 2 x 10   lower than the  interstitial
 velocity  (V ) of  the groundwater transporting it.   For this case,  radon
 would move with  the same velocity as the  groundwater and cesium would
               -3
 move at  only  10   times the  rate of  the groundwater.
The presence of organic material in soil has been found to reduce K.
values significantly because of complexlng for some radionuclides.
The influence of organic matter on radionuclide retention is an im-
portant consideration that needs considerable attention at this time.
Recent studies with cobalt have shown that while cobalt has 2. relatively
high K, value in soil free of organlcs, the K  value drops to nearly
zero as a result of the cobalt complexing with organic material.
                                     23

-------
The oxidation potential (!„) la Important for many of the radionuclides.
Depending upon oxidation state, some of the nuclides can exist in a
cation or anion form.  In anion form, or a complexed form such as
mentioned above, the K, value may be rather low.  In the cation form,
the same nuclide may be strongly retained by the rock or be limited
by its solubility.  As a consequence, it is extremely important in
making K, measurements to recognize the oxidation potential of the
natural or modified groundwater environment.  Examples of nuclides
that could be affected in terms of retention and/or solubility include
many of the actinides as well as technlcium.

The above discussion shows that lithologic types possessing high
"sorption" capabilities could have significant advantages for purposes
of radionuclide retention in the geosphere, all other factors being
equal.  The sorption capabilities expected for fractured or fissured
media where groundwater flow could be most important to containment
may be significantly lower than the examples presented in Tables C-3 and
  for porous media, but this phenomenon would still be very important in
the overall potential for geologic materials to act as barriers to radio
nuclide migration.
C-3.1.2,2  Potential High-Level Waste-Rock Interactions
The two general categories of interactions considered under this section
are:
          •  Reactions caused by the geologic materials comprising
             the repository horizon or their associated pore fluids,
             which have a corrosive effect on the waste containers
             and/or the waste form.
          *  Reactions induced by heat and radioactivity generated
             by the waste material,which have a negative impact on
             the repository stratum.

As discussed in Task B of this study, HLW may be placed into a repository
as a vitrified solid and/or in metal canisters.  Both of these factprs
add containment capability beyond that provided by the geologic media.
Accordingly, there is benefit in maintaining the integrity of the
primary containment systems, particularly the vitrified state, as long as
                                  24

-------
possible, thereby effectively restricting the mobility of most of  the
nuclides.  However, the host materials or their associated pore fluids may
be naturally corrosive, and chemical reaction  (corrosion) rates usually increas
with temperature,  A special discussion of this issue with respect to salt foil
in Section C-3,1.2.3.  Therefore, the longevity of both the waste containers "an
the waste form will be a function of the geoehemical environment present in the
repository.  The significant geochemical parameters are those associated with
chemistry, heat, and radioactivity.

Typically, high ionic strength solutions (solutions with large amounts
of dissolved solids) have a higher corrosion potential (or dissolving
ability) than solutions with lesser concentrations of dissolved
solids,  ' '     Consequently, groundwater high in dissolved solids
may be  expected to attack and dissolve both the HLW and
its container more rapidly than would dilute groundwater.  An example
of a high-ionic-strength solution is sodium chloride brine, which can be
associated with salt deposits and is not uncommon in many geologi-
cally old  sandstone aquifers.  An overall evaluation of site suitability
should consider how the site conditions will affect the time required
for the waste form to deteriorate and for the nuclides to become "free"
to move if a transport medium or means exists.

The other major category of potential waste-rock interactions is con-
cerned with the effect of waste-generated heat and radioactivity on the
repository stratum.  The most important effects concern the dehydration
of hydrated mineral phases in surrounding rocks, the resultant water
expulsion, and the potential for rock melting should insufficient heat
dissipation occur.

Reactions that  occur by either of the above mechanisms at elevated
temperatures are similar to igneous and metamorphic processes that
occur in nature at great depths in certain zones of the
earth's crust.  As the temperature Increases,  originally stable
minerals eventually recrystallize to a different group of minerals,
which are stable under the new pressure/temperature conditions.   In the
presence of water, this recrystallization is generally rapid and exten-
sive,  and the water is often driven away from the reaction site (as a
hydrothermal solution), carrying with it volatile components of the
                                    25

-------
reacting rock mass.  In a repository, the expulsion of water  (as a
liquid or vapor) could provide a mechanism for transporting waste
components as well as a wide variety of trace elements.   For  example,  ions
of elements with radioactive isotopes (as in HLW) are known to occur naturally
in hydrothermal solutions  that have passed through several hundred meters of
nearly impermeable rock during geologic times and have eventually been
dispersed to the environment through such mechanisms as groundwater
mixing and hot springs.  ^  These natural phenomena Indicate that the
amount and characteristics of pore water and the hydrated mineral phases
of the host rock must be considered in site evaluation.

lor the unlikely situation in which rock materials adjacent to fhe re-
pository actually melt from heat buildup, it may be expected that re-
crystallization will occur as the molten mass migrates a  short distance
away from the heat source.  If radionuclides are incorporated into the
melted rock material they would become part of the crystal structures of
newly formed mineral phases, providing a relatively insoluble form for.
the radionuclides.

C-3.1.2.3  Salt Solubility
The geologic occurrence and solubility of salt can lead to geochemical
consequences that could bear significantly on the integrity of an HLW
repository.  The potential problems seem more acute in the case of
bedded salt as opposed to diapiric salt.  The former is characterized
by heterogeneity, with interbeds of thin shales, other evaporites, and
limestone, the result of depositional processes.  The geometry and precise
geologic detail of the interbeds are difficult to predict or  even to
map over any significant distance.

The Ad Hoc Panel^  ' noted, with respect to bedded salt that, "On a
microscopic scale it can be seen that many halite crystals contain liquid
(brine) or solid (anhydrite) inclusions.  A recent report by  Roedder
           (12)
and Belkin     estimates the volume of these inclusions to be less than
1%  but  "an additional  possibly  even greater volume % fluid is present
in situ, filling intergranular pores',"  The Panel noted  the  work
of Bredehoft   ' et al., which showed that... "at 200°C, water in rock
salt including potassium and magnesium components can contain approximately
                                     26

-------
70 wt% of dissolved salts.  This implies that as little as 1 wt % H?0
in a ,salt bed may yield fluid that is 3 wt 1 because of the high con-
centration of the solution.  The dissolving power of such brines should
not be underestimated."  The Panel directs attention to... "the importance
of knowing the water content of salt beds proposed for repositories, par-
ticularly with the background and experience at Lyons, Kansas, where
considerable volumes of water migrated in an unpredlcted manner,"

Salt domes of the pierceraent variety are often  referred to as ideal for
an HLW repository.  The salt is generally thick, though laterally
limited, and the lithology tends to be uniform and typically free of
open fractures.  Most,  though not all, domes appear to be remarkably
dry and to have been so for millions of years.  Technology is available
for discriminating between "dry" and "wet" domes.

C-3.1.3  Thermal Properties
Considerable heat generated by the HLW materials will increase
the ambient temperature at the depth of the disposal
horizon.  Therefore, the geologic formation should possess thermal
properties that (1) promote heat dissipation, (2) do not have mineralogic
and pore water characteristics that will create unacceptable behavior
changes or water migration during heating, or (3) do not become unstable
because of heat buildup prior to the time that backfilling occurs.

The thermal conductivity of the rock is a primary consideration.  A
relatively high thermal conductivity is desirable to dissipate the heat
produced by radioactive decay efficiently and steadily with disposal
canisters located at a reasonable spacing.  Typical thermal conductiv-
                                                              (14)
ities of potential host geologic rocks are shown in Table C-l.      These
values indicate that salt has the highest thermal conductivity of the
rock types listed, followed by quartzite, granite, shale,and tuff in
decreasing order.

Salt will also exhibit higher rates of creep at elevated temperatures
than other rock types.   This creep can create an increased engineering
problem during disposal operations.   On the other hand, it may be very
beneficial because it promotes sealing and healing of fractures around
the disposal cavity and of backfilled salt rock.  Accelerated deforma-

                                 27

-------
 tion at elevated temperatures of more brittle rock could be detrimental
 because it might lead  to increased fracturing.

 C-3.1.4  Engineering Properties
 The  basic engineering  properties of rock,  such as  strength and  stiffness,
 have obvious  importance  to  the basic  "mining  engineering" requirement  to
 establish repository openings and maintain their integrity until back-
 filling is accomplished.  This factor is very important  from an economic
 viewpoint,  but does  not  have  significant impact on the ability  to assure
 containment.

 Elastic-behaving  rocks,  like  salt and some shales,  will  provide some
 additional containment attributes as  opposed  to brittle-type rocks, if
 movement of the  repository  formation  does  occur due to any  external
 event.   The more  flexible rocks  can deform to  a greater  degree  without
 cracking,  whereas brittle rocks  usually fracture under any  significant
 geologic movements.  Fracturing  to any extent  can  serve  to  reduce the
 containment capability of the repository horizon.

 C-3.2  IDENTIFICATION AND DISCUSSION  OF SITE  SELECTION FACTORS
 The  perspective on geologic sj.te selection criteria depends, in the absence
 of specific guidelines,  on  the viewpoint of the investigator(s).  For example
           •  The  designer responsible for  assuring safe
              working conditions  in the repository  may be
              most interested  in  rock  strength.
           »  The  ventilation  engineer may  be most  interested
              in pore water  and its liberation  into a high
              temperature environment——but  only until each
              area is backfilled.
           •  The  health  physicist will be  most interested
              in  the  overall containment capabilities of  the
              total site  for a very long period.
Clearly, the design team must  carefully evaluate each site situation  so
that all required actions to ensure site integrity  are  provided  for,  in-
cluding comparative evaluation(s) with alternative  sites.

 The  natural complexity of geologic environments and the  interrelated and
 interdependent nature of rock features will make each potential site
 unique  and require that  each  site be  evaluated individually.  Con-

                                    23

-------
sequently, exact values, or even ranges of values, for site selection
criteria cannot be specified in a generic study such as this.  The
purposes of the following discussions and Section C-3,3 are to identify
site selection criteria applicable to most sites and establish a
rationale for their relative ranking on a site-by-slte basis.

The "design life" for containment for at least several hundreds of thou-
sands of years must be emphasized throughout the site selection process.
Obviously, when present-day site evaluations are conducted, the ability
to predict the timing and magnitude of particular geologic occurrences
diminishes for extreme time periods.  On the other hand, however, even
a million-year period is considered relatively short in most studies
of the geologic past.

The newness of investigations for underground disposal of HLW and their
greater-than-normal dependency on the potential occurrence of geologic
events permit  the listing of site selection factors to be arranged In
several logical ways.  The following arrangement seems logical for this
study;

                        Site Selection Factors
          Geologic Properties:
          • Lithology (Rock Types)
          » Stratigraphy
              Thickness and Lateral Extent of Strata
              Depth of Repository Horizon
              Uniformity and Homogeneity of Geologic Media
              Nature of Overlying, Underlying and Flanking Strata
          * Structural Geology
              Folding
              Joints and Faults
              Major Plastic Flows
          • Hydrogeology
              Regional Hydrogeology
              Local Hydrogeology
          Geologic Events:
          • Tectonics
              Tectonism
              Seismicity
              Diapirism
              Volcanism
                                   29

-------
          * Erosion and Denudation
              Water Flow
              Glaclatlon
          * Mineral Resources

Each of these items is  related to time considerations and to intrinsic
rock properties.  Two additional descriptive categories—geometry and geography-
were also considered as major elements in the selection factor list.   For this
study, however, they are both incorporated into more traditional geologic
terms.  A different list, incorporating these and other logical breakdowns
would not conflict with the following discussions.  Mineral resource consider-
ations are obviously not a geologic event.  They are listed in the event
category, however, because in the context of an HLW repository, mineral
resources represent a condition that could lead to an event with some
impact.  Each property, event, and term is defined and/or discussed in the
following subsections.
Establishing the site values for each of the above factors would require very
extensive and probably site-descriptive studies including seismic surveys,
core drillings, and others.  A question arises with respect to the potential
for rendering the site reusable by the very studies designed to illustrate
its integrity.  Clearly, a balance must be struck reflecting this conflict,
which  implies that a residual but acceptable level of uncertainty (e.g., risk)
will  remain.
C-3.2.1  Lithology
Lithology is  a  very Important site  selection factor,in  that  it  encom-
passes the detailed description  of  the  rock's basic  characteristics,
including mineralogic  composition,  grain size and cementation,  and  other
properties  that determine how the  material will  behave when exposed to
external forces or changes in environmental conditions.  Rock types
 that  are representative of lithologies being considered for HLW  repos-
itories include salt,  shale (argillaceous materials), limestone,  and
igneous rocks.  The following paragraphs summarize the  salient  features
for  each of these lithologic types  or groups. ,  Individual  characteristics
of any particular site will often vary  from these capsule  discussions,
but  the basic features discussed represent a meaningful starting  point.
                                    30

-------
C-3.2.1.1  Salt
Salt  (NaCl or halite)  is an cvaporite type rock., originally  formed  in
basins that   became isolated or partially isolated from the sea.   The
Isolation allowed evaporative concentration and then salt precipitation
to occur.  Salt is often found as relatively pure beds, but  thin layers
are sometimes interbedded with other rock types or other evaporites.

Stratigraphic and structural features of salt formations are discussed
further in the next two sections.  It is notable here  that both bedded
salt and dome salt (formed from diapirism of deep bedded salt) are  being
considered for HLW disposal.

Several basic properties of salt that  are attractive  for the location
of a repository are:
          *  Low porosity,
          *  Low permeability,
          *  Plastic behavior for healing fractures, and
          *  High thermal conductivity.

Some other characteristics of salt can cause special concern:
          *  High solubility,
          *  Mineral impurities in some deposits,
          »  High corrosion potential, and
          *  Low ion-exchange capacity.
Another unique feature of salt is the potential presence of brine
cavities filled with salt-saturated water.  It has been shown that upon
heating, the brine cavities can migrate toward the source of heat.f1*)
The mechanism for this migration is that the material at the hot side of
the cavity (the side nearest the heat source) goes into solution, while
salt precipitates at the cold side.  In some locations, salt brine
migration may be the only possible source for the natural introduction
of water into a repository.

Another potential natural source of water in many salt deposits may be
from hydrous mineral phases present as impurities in the formation.
                                   31

-------
Water present  in many  of  these minerals  such as polyhalite and gypsum can be

released  at only moderate temperatures.  Gypsum, for example, will yield

approximately  75% of its  water when heated to 190 or 200°C.  Water repre-

sents about 21% of the gypsum; if this mineral is present in a large  quantity,

it could  release a significant volume of water into the repository.   However,

phase behavior of minerals under repository pressure and temperature  condi-

tions will not be the  same as for ambient conditions.  Therefore, water release

based on  assumptions of ambient conditions may, or may not, model conditions in
or near the repository.


C-3.2.1.2  Shale
Shale is a general term for lithified clay or mud,  although most shale

does contain varying amounts of silt and sand material.  Some shales

have several properties that , make them attractive for an HLW repository.
including:

          *  Low permeability,

          •  Relatively good plastic behavior (though not
             as good as salt),

          *  High ion-exchange capacity, and

          •  Wide geographic distribution of nearly homogeneous
             material.


Potential negative characteristics of shale that must be investigated

include:

          *  Many argillaceous rocks, especially those with
             relatively good plastic behavior, contain large
             quantities of hydrous minerals,  such as montmo-
             rillonite that will release water when heated.

          *  Some shales contain petroleum or large amounts
             of carbonaceous material that may yield combus-
             tible carbon compounds when heated,

          •  Many shales are interbedded with more permeable
             rock types such as sandstone,  limestone,and coal.

          •  Most shales possess relatively low thermal
             conductivity.


From the important viewpoint of water flow, marine shale sequences are

generally free of interbedded coarser-grained rocks and can be less


                                   32

-------
 permeable  than continental  (interbedded)  sequences.   Shales  are  not
 self-healing  like  salts, however, and  investigations  to  evaluate the

 potential  for groundwater flow must  consider  the  potential for faulting

 or  fracturing in the  future,  as  well as  the impact of frac-
 tures, joints or faults on  secondary permeability (Section C-3.1.1).


 C-3.2.1.3  Limestone

 Limestone  is  a carbonate rock composed primarily  of the  mineral  calcite

 (CaCO«), usually with varying amounts  ot  the  mineral  dolomite, CaMg(GO»)2,
 When  the latter is dominant,  the rock  is  generally referred  to

 as  dolomite.   Limestone can be attractive because:

           *   It sometimes exists over  large areas as a thick
              homogeneous stratum,

           *   Its basic matrix is fine  grained, so the rock
              can have a very  low primary permeability.


 Several characteristics of limestone that may not be  favorable are:

           *   Carbonate rocks  typically exhibit greater
              solubility than  other non-evaporite  type
              sedimentary rocks.   Solutioning  can  greatly
              increase secondary  permeability  and,  in turn,
              the overall capacity of a limestone  formation
              to transmit groundwater.

           •   Limestone is usually strong but  brittle, so
              fracturing may occur from regional tectonic
              movements.

           •   Limestone does not  possess significant sorptive
              properties except In areas of  solutioning where
              clay minerals are commonly concentrated.  Since
              these areas of solutioning also  represent avenues
              for groundwater  flow, the sorptive capacity pro-
              vided by clay filling may partly counterbalance
              the slow groundwater movement  through the solution
              channels.


A somewhat special consideration associated with disposal of
HLW   in carbonate rock is the potential for  release of  carbon dioxide

gas (CO,.,)  from  the calcite and dolomite mineral phases.  This could be
                                     33

-------
caused by excessive heat buildup and could ultimately result In the
availability of gas as a transport mechanism.

C-3,2.1,4  Igneous Rocks
The tern igneous rocks refers to a group of rocks formed by
the solidification of molten rock.  This group may be subdivided into
intrusive-type (plutonic) rocks, referring to those rocks which have
solidified below the earth's surface at various depths, and extrusive-
type (volcanic) rocks, which solidified after eruption onto the earth's
surface.

Intrusive rocks can range from fine-to coarse-grained, depending upon the
depth of intrusion, rate of cooling,and presence of gaseous constituents;
extrusive rocks are fine-grained or glassy and consist either of
rocks formed from lavas that  flowed onto the earth's surface or from
volcanic ash that  either flowed or was deposited on the earth's surface.
Table C-5 shows the general classification and principal mineral assemblages
of common plutonic and volcanic rocks.     It also shows the approximate
percentages of silica contained in each general type of rock.

Igneous rocks vary in hardness and strength, depending Upon crystal
size, the mode of eruption,and the presence or absence of voids.   Plu-
tonic rocks have generally low porosities and permeabilities, whereas
the volcanic rocks vary in these properties from very low to extremely
high.  Plutonic rocks consist largely of granite, granodiorite, diorite,
and gabbro.  These rock types can generally be considered similar from
the standpoint of mechanical strength and overall suitability for waste
disposal.  Granites, however, have the lowest melting points and are
somewhat weaker than the other rocks in this category.  Volcanic rocks
may be chemically similar to the intrusive varieties but differ in their
textures and physical properties.

Favorable characteristics of igneous rocks for the location of an HLW
repository are:
                                    34

-------
                                                     TABLE  C-5

                                   GENERAL  CLASSIFICATION AND PRINCIPAL
                                   MINERAL  ASSEMBLAGES OF IGNEOUS ROCKS
                                  >66  PERCENT SILICA          52-66 PERCENT  SILICA           <52 PERCENT SILICA
                 1   U                  (ACID)                   (INTERMEDIATE)                    (BASIC)



             Plutonic                  Granite        Granodiorite        Diorite                 Gabbro
               (medium- and
               coarse-grained).

             Volcanic                 Rhyolite        Quartz latite       Dacite and           Basalt and basaltic
^              (fine-grained or                       and rhyodacite      andesite             andesite
*•"              glassy lava or
               tuff).

                                 Major minerals—     Major minerals—    Major minerals—     Major minerals—
                                  quartz, potassium    quartz, sodium-      calcium-sodium,      calcium-sodium
                                  feldspar, mica.      calcium, feldspar,    feldspar, mica,      feldspar, pyroxene,
                                                      mica, amphibole.      amphibole.           olivine.
             Source:  BNWL-1900(3)

-------
             High mechanical strength,
             Low primary permeability,
             Low porosity,
             The occurrence of thick rock bodies (with th*
             exception of certain volcanic flow deposits).
Unfavorable characteristics for the location of an HL¥ repository
          *  Potential for high secondary permeability due
             to jointing and faulting,
          •  Low sorption potential (except for tuffaceous
             deposits),
          »  Relatively low thermal conductivity for heat
             dissipation.
For purposes of this study, basalt has been chosen to represent a typical
igneous rock type.  Section C-3.4 will discuss a typical geologic setting
in which basalt occurs in suitable geometry for location of a repository.

C-3.2.2  Stratigraphy
When considering any particular lithologic unit for location of an HLW
repository, it is necessary to understand the host material itself and
Its relationship with surrounding geologic materials and condi-
tions.  The study of the overall spatial and temporal relationships of
rock formations is called stratigraphy.

Determination of stratigraphy is accomplished by a wide variety of
studies, including review of existing site and regional geologic infor-
mation, drilling and field testing programs,and detailed data analysis.
Important stratigraphic relationships are typically presented graphically
as two-dimensional geologic cross sections or as block diagrams that
provide a three-dimensional perspective^  The pertinent characteristics
of the conceptual cross sections prepared for this study are discussed
in Section C-3.4.
                                     36

-------
Important stratigraphic elements relative to HLW repository sites are
thickness and lateral extent of the host formation, depth of the dis-
posal zone, uniformity and homogeneity of the formation, and the nature
and extent of underlying, overlying,and flanking strata.  These param-
eters are discussed In the following paragraphs.

C-3.2.2.1  Thickness and Lateral Extent of Strata
A host rock formation continuous for very long distances In
both the horizontal and vertical direction would be Ideal for almost all
design criteria.  This type of situation will probably not occur natur-
ally, however, and the actual spatial extent of a host formation will be
a major Investigation and design factor.  For example, current detailed
siting Investigations are considering both bedded salt and shale of
moderate thickness and great lateral extent, and salt domes with
pronounced lateral limits but thicknesses greater than 10,000 feet.  The
minimum acceptable thickness and lateral extent of any particular geologic
formation will depend on such characteristics as the thermal properties
of the formation.  A critical criterion for formation size is that It b«
sufficiently large (thick and/or extensive) to assure adequate heat
dissipation.   For example, thinner deposits of salt may be utilized,
whereas other rock types, such as basalt, may need to be considerably
thicker because of their lower heat dissipation properties.

Lateral extent and thickness of the repository formation may also be
important because of enhanced containment capability provided by high
sorptive properties of certain rock types.   The greater the pathway, the
greater the opportunity for radionuclide retardation by sorption processes
dlscusssed in Section C-3.1.2.

The minimum thickness or lateral extent criterion may also be dictated by:
          *  The distance required to protect the repository
             from groundwater flow or to account for unknowns
             about the material1 s purity that could affect
             groundwater flow.
                                    37

-------
          «  The distance from the mined cavity to the extremities
             of the formation to minimize the potential that
             localized cracking or straining could open pathways
             beyond the desirable containment zone.
C-3.2.2.2   Depth of Repository Horizon
The necessary depth of a waste repository horizon will vary depending
upon many factors.  Those factors associated with the host rock are:
             Location of suitable host rock,
             Erosion and denudation potential,
             Local groundwater conditions,
             Depth of weathering,
             Depth of open fracturing,
             Ambient temperatures at depth, and
             Short- and long-term mine stability considerations.

The actual depth criteria for a specific location will be site-related.
Mined openings in shale could possibly be extended deeper than in salt
because of the differences in physical properties.  Brittle
rocks, such as limestone, granite,and basalt, can undoubtedly be mined
more easily at greater depths than would be practicable for shale or
salt.  These "engineering" limitations must be considered in the con-
text of all site selection criteria.  The most common
depths for disposal may range from about 300 to 1500 meters, but
shallower or deeper rocks may be suitable under certain site conditions.

C-3.2.2.3  Uniformity and Homogeneity of Geologic Media
All other factors being equal, rocks having a high degree of uniformity
and homogeneity are superior for emplacement of radioactive wastes.   The
major reason for this conclusion is that greater accuracy of all conclu-
sions from investigations and analyses may be achieved when site varia-
bility is reduced; i.e.,  the chance of missing an Important factor la
greatly reduced when site conditions are uniform.   Nonetheless!  sites
that  are neither uniform nor homogeneous may be suitable* if other
conditions are particularly attractive.

-------
The  acceptable degree of  inhomogeneity will vary, depending on such fac-
tors as  the nature and characteristics of rocks or minerals included in
the  host rock and the location of potential pathways from  the repository
area.  For example, it is common to find thin partings of  shale,
several  meters apart within a thick limestone or salt stratum.  The
nature and location of these partings are important in mining.  When
widely spaced, they can be used during the mining to form  a. smooth and
continuous roof.  On the  other hand, depending on the nature and spacing
of the partings, they may contribute to roof instability,  act as pathways
for  groundwater flow, or  cause localized fracturing from differential
expansion  with  temperature changes.  Also, changes unrelated to layer-
ing, such as the occurrence of hydrated minerals, which can react adverse-
ly with waste products or be a source of water under high  temperature
conditions, may be significant.  The importance of inhomogeneity must be
decided  on a site-by-site basis.

C-3.2.2.4  Nature of Overlying, Underlying and Flanking Strata
It is implied throughout  the above paragraphs that acceptable conditions
of the host rock will often depend directly on the surrounding environ-
ment.  Accordingly, it is necessary to determine the detailed stratigra-
phy  of the formations overlying, underlying, and flanking  the repository.
For  example, thick beds of shale and/or other plastic-behaving rocks
may be desirable adjacent to the repository formation if they are:
relatively impermeable to circulation of groundwater;  have high radio-
nuclide retardation potential; and can be deformed without fracturing.
Probably the  least desirable rocks surrounding the repository are
highly fractured and contain large quantities of groundwater.

C-3.2.3  Structural Geology
The subject of structural geology characterizes and describes  features
of rock materials that have been created by earth movements.   In addition
to descriptions of existing conditions, structural geologic studies pro-
vide valuable interpretative information that can greatly facilitate pre-
diction of future events.  The three major structural geologic aspects of
interest for this study are:
                                  39

-------
             Folding of  strata, which describes  the  spatial
             orientation of  bedding;
             Fractures including-primarily  joints  and  faults,
             occurring ;Ln otherwise  continuous geologic
             materials.
             Major plastic flow of materials,  such as  dia-
             pirism in salt domes.
C-3.2.3.1  Folding
The degree to which strata have been folded is important because of the
resulting inclination of bedding and fracturing of the rock where It has
been forced into a curved configuration.  Figure C-2 presents an example
of moderately folded shale and limestone.  In this cross section, the
rocks have been deformed into an anticlinal structure (a fold which is
convex upward).

From repository design and operations viewpoints, the preferred dip of
rocks (or strata inclination) phould not exceed a few degrees,  A nearly
horizontal alignment facilitates hauling the excavated rock and
subsurface transport of the HLW materials.  This consideration
can be of lesser importance for very thick, relatively homogeneous rock
where the opening does not necessarily have to follow the stratigraphic
horizons or beds.

Sudden and frequent reversals of dip are not only undesirable for
design and operations, but the abrupt folding  that  caused the reversals
may have created undesirable secondary permeability (Section C-3.1.1) in
the rock.  This is particularly true for hard and brittle rocks in which
stress conditions at the time when  folding occurred have usually in-
creased the frequency of fractures in the formation, resulting in a
significant increase in the potential for groundwater movement.  For
plastic-behaving rocks like salt, deformations accompanying moderately
                                   40

-------
                                                      -SROUNO  SURFACE


                                                                      /•LMCSroNC-

1067
1220 u-
                                                                                                                                                             SOO
                                                                                                                                                            IOOO
                                                                                                                                                             SCO
                                                                                                                                                            2000
                                                                                                                                                          a
                                                                                                                                                          Z


                                                                                                                                                          I
                                                                                                                                                          bj
                                                                                                                                                          Q
                                                                                                                                                             500
                                                                                                                                                            1000
                                                                                                                                                            500
                                                                                                                                                            000
                                                                              Horizontal Scale

                                                                      JW4  3048  4572 6096  7620 Meters
                                                                                                                                              LtaEMD
Source:  D'Appolonia Consulting Engineers Inc., for Arthur D. Little, Inc.

                                      •C-2
                                                                                                                                                I Umestone

                                                                                                                                                | Shah

                                                                                                                                                • Fault Arrowi Indictw
                                                                                                                                                 Relative Mownwnt
                                                                               E

-------
to steeply dipping beds may have little or no effect on water movement
as fractures are healed with time.  The resistance to fracturing of
shales lies between salt and the more brittle rocks, such as limestone
and basalt.

C-3.2,3,2  Joints and Faults
Joints and/or faults are common geologic features in most rocks.  Joints
are fractures in rock  that  have experienced no relative movement between
the two sides, whereas faults are fractures along which relative movement
(vertical or horizontal) has occurred.  The discussion in this
section deals with existing fault conditions, while Section C-3.2.5
discusses the potential for future faulting.

Joints are very common in all types of lithologies, ranging from volcanic
rocks to unconsolidated sediments.  Joints are most commonly oriented ap-
proximately perpendicular to bedding, but they can be oriented in any
direction, depending upon the stresses or deformations that caused the
rock to crack.  They may be open, having a space large enough for water
to pass, or they may be closed or filled with impermeable secondary
minerals, such as calcite or quartz.  The open type are of primary
concern because of their ability to transmit groundwater.

Some degree of jointing will usually be present In relatively shallow
shales, limestones, basalts, and granites.  The frequency of jointing and
the probability of joints being open usually decrease  with depth.  Their
characteristics at any depth must always be determined by boreholes and
field or laboratory testing.  Sometimes open joints are found at depths
equal to or greater than those typically considered for HLW
repositories.

Ideally, a potential repository area should be virtually free of faults,
whether active movement has occurred recently (within the past 20,000-
30,000 years) or not.  Minor, recently inactive faults in an area
                                 42

-------
might be acceptable if  it  is possible  to show that  (1) the faults were
due  to  some  tectonic force that is not likely to reoccur, (2) all
disturbance  was outside of the actual disposal host rock or,  (3) the
rocks are sealed against potential groundwater flow.

Any  existing faults  that   have occurred in the recent geologic past may
be sufficient cause to  make the site unacceptable.  At a minimum, re-
cently  active faults require extensive investigations to ensure that
the  host formation will not lose significant containment capability
through faulting during the facility's designed life.

Major lineaments (lengthy  features on the earth's surface that may be
straight or  slightly curved and can be observed on aerial photographs
and  satellite imagery)  also fall within the broad category of frac-
tured rock.  These lineaments may represent areas of increased
jointing in  subsurface  rocks or they may represent major faults.  Unless
such features can be positively shown to have no effect on containment,
they should  be avoided  in  selecting areas for waste repositories,

C-3.2.3.3  Major Plastic Flows
Major structural features  associated with upward plastic flow of geo-
logic materials considered in this study are salt domes formed by an
uplift  mechanism called diapirism.  Figure C-3 illustrates a geologic
cross section of a salt dome.  Note how the intruded strata flanking the
salt are folded and faulted due to the uplift pressures,  Diapirtsra is
discussed in Section C-3.2.5.

C-3.2.4  Hydrogeology
The  concept  of investigating and designing any facility with scientific
confidence in its integrity for time periods of perhaps hundreds of
thousands of years adds an unusual dimension to all aspects of selecting
a site based on geologic characteristics.   The Impact of this extreme
time constraint is possibly greatest for the consideration of ground-
water movement.  For typical water supply or dewatering evaluations,
                                 43

-------
                                                                       GROUND SURFACE
  152 - :=^^r^==r===--==^=r
S. 457

                                                                   Horizontal Scale

                                                                    457      915  Meters
  915 L
Sandstone  —^=- Fault,
             Arrows
             Indteatt
             MoveiTMnt
          Source:   D'Appolonia Consulting Engineers, Inc., for Arthur Di. Little, Inc.
                                           FIGURE C-3     RADIOACTIVE WASTE REPOSITORY
                                                           CONCEPTUAL MODEL IN SALT DOME

-------
water  flow is  considered relative  to  its volume per minute, day, or year.
However,  over  time periods of  thousands or hundreds of  thousands of years,
water  flow that  is imperceptible on a per-day or even a pet-year basis
may  be significant.   In other  words,  rock permeability  is a relative con-
cept and  the aspect of time available for flow to occur is significant.

For  a  repository', a small volume of flow over each one  thousand or ten-
thousand-year period  could be  important, if it could transport unaccept-
able levels of radioactive materials  from their repository setting.  To
                                              /
evaluate  the required detailed hydrogeology will require extensive inves-
tigations.  Relationships must be established among such factors as the
following:
          *  Regional groundwater conditions,
          *  Local (at the site) groundwater conditions,
          •  Intrinsic hydrogeologic properties of the
             disposal zone and associated strata.
Elements of intrinsic hydrogeologic properties were described in Section
C-3.1.1, and associated geoehemical characteristics for retarding radio-
                                        *
nuclide travel were addressed in Section C-3.1.2.  These basic data are
not repeated in the following broader description of hydrogeology.

C-3.2.4,1  Regional Hydrogeology
For  this study, regional hydrogeology relates to the existence and ex-
tent of all aquifers in the vicinity of  a possible repository that
contain water that could flow above,  below,  or beside the repository
given any natural or man-caused event during its designed containment
life.  Depending on site location and the degree of detail of the invest-
igation, the study of regional hydrogeology  can cover an area from several
hundred acres to hundreds of square miles.   The area of interest probably
will be greatest where extensive sedimentary deposits are considered as
the host rock.
                                45

-------
Important regional questions follow:

          *  Where are any aquifers and aquicludes located
             in relation to the host formation?

          *  Where is the recharge area and what is the re-
             charge mechanism for each aquifer?

          *  Is there natural flow in each aquifer system?  If so,
             what is the gradient causing flow and where are
             the discharge locations?

          *  Where and why is there flow between separate aquifers,
             including consideration of boreholes for water supply,
             gas and/or oil extraction, or mineral investigations?

          •  What is the quality of groundwater in each
             aquifer; is it presently being used or does it
             have potential for exploitation by man for
             irrigation, drinking, or other purposes?

          •  Are there mechanisms  that  could provide a con-
             nection between any aquifers and the disposal
             formation, including geologic events that nay
             occur at significant distance from the repository?

          *  How will extreme changes in the total hydrologic
             (precipitation-runoff-infiltration-evaporation)
             cycle in the region during the very long contain-
             ment period affect the regional hydrologic system?
             Both extremely wet and extremely dry periods must
             be considered.
Investigation of these regional conditions must always be carefully

planned and executed.  The program must then be continuously modified
as new data are evaluated and new methods are proved.  It is not prac-

tical in a short period to determine regional hydrogeology by specific

field investigations.  Conclusions must be developed based on:

          •  The large volume of stratigraphic and structural
             geologic literature available,

          •  Logs of wells drilled in the area,

          •  Geologic data obtained from aerial photographs
             and imagery interpretations along with field
             verification of important observations and
             evaluations, and
                                   46

-------
          •  Site investigations at selected areas through-
             out the region of interest.
Sometimes the data will be sufficient to rule out completely large areas
otherwise considered as potential repository sites.  More often, however,
the regional study will identify important factors for more detailed
local and site-specific studies.

C-3.2.4.2  Local Hydrogeology
the study of local hydrogeologic conditions brings together the regional
character of aquifers and aquicludea and the intrinsic properties of the
host rock.  Such a study is used to determine if:
          »  Groundwater can reach the extremities of the
             host formation,
          *  Groundwater can pass through and escape from
             the host rock with the potential for trans-
             porting radionuclides, and
          *  Any radionuclides can leave the repository and go
             to an aquifer that may eventually transport
             them out of the containment zone.

The key evaluations will usually be to determine if:  (1) there is
any type of gradient (usually pressure gradient) that could move ground-
water through the containment area; (2) material permeabilities are such
that flow will be significant; and (3) benefits or detriments may be
realized from the geochemistry of the system.  In the final analysis, the
most Important hydrogeologic consideration is whether or not groundwater
can transport an unacceptable level of radionuclides to the biosphere.

Local hydrogeologic studies begin with the regional information and use
specific information derived from boreholes, such as pressure measure-
ments, water level measurements, and water quality and temperature analyses.
                                  47

-------
Hydrologic and geochemical modeling analyses and other site-specific

Investigations appropriate to defining existing and potential flow

conditions are also employed.  Detailed knowledge of stratigraphy

and structural features at the repository site (Sections C-3.2.2

and C-3.2,3) are necessary to the success of any local hydrogeologic
study,


Special note is made that the plugging of open boreholes or sealing

around installed piezometers and other instrumentation will "be very im-

portant for any repository investigation.  New methods for sealing be-

tween aquifers encountered in a single borehole are being developed for

this purpose.


C-3.2.5  Tectonics

This general site selection category  deals with significant earth move-

ments (geologic events) that could disrupt the repository in some manner

that  would reduce containment.  The discussion Is separated Into four

subtopics:

          *  Tectonism, which generally includes all types of
             movements of the earth's crust.  For repositories
             in rock formations, the definition can be limited
             to (1) faults, which cause abrupt disruptions at
             the fault displacement and Increased brokenness
             at considerable distances and (2) less abrupt
             movement caused by folding, which can Increase
             the brokenness of rock, change erosion patterns
             and rates, and generally modify regional or
             local hydro logic systems.

                       * which for repository site selection
             purposes is related to (1) the frequency of
             earthquake activity that occurs in an area and
             (2) the magnitude of movement that  occurs as
             the result of an earthquake.  The first relation
             ship is closely related to the faulting
             of tec ton ism and Is not discussed separately.
             The second relationship will have significant
             importance on the engineering design of above-
             ground and underground facilities during the
             relatively short operating life of a repository,
             but little influence on containment for the very
             long period after backfilling.
                                     43

-------
          *  Piapirism. which  for this study relates mainly
             Co the creation of salt domes by  the upward
             flow of this plastic rock from a  deep-bedded
             deposit.
          *  Volcanlsm, which  refers to processes whereby
             magma (molten rock) and its associated gases
             rise into the earth's crust and are extruded
             into the atmosphere and onto the  earth's surface
             where rocks are formed as the magma cools.

C-3.2.5.1  Tectonism and Seismicity
Tectonism in the context of this study is related to fault disruptions
that actually cause abrupt movement between two portions of the
earth's crust and/or significant folding of the crust with a resulting
increase in the brokenness of  rock formations.^ Basic questions requiring
consideration in site selection are:
          *  How often, if ever, are significant movements
             to be expected?
          •  What will the magnitude of movement be?
          »  Where will the movement be located?
          •  What are the potential Impacts on the
             containment capability of a repository?

The second and third questions overlap significantly with seismology or
selsmiclty investigations  that make possible predictions based on eval-
uation of past conditions and  the geologic setting.  For purposes of this
study, discussions of tectonlsm and seismicity are combined.

An earthquake is a natural phenomenon in which significant rapid and/or
violent movement of the earth's surface occurs.  Because earthquakes
have occurred in most areas of the United States during the relatively
short period of recorded history (approximately three centuries), they
are of immediate concern  in  selecting a repository j-gite, particularly in
light of the desired long containment time period.  The magnitude of earthquake
disturbance and the location and depth of movement are quite variable for
different parts of the country.  Even in a given area, the potential for
                                  49

-------
rock movement or fracturing as a result of a nearby earthquake will
depend on such local factors as stratigraphy (Section C-3,2.2) and
stiffness or elasticity (Section C-3.1.4) of the affected rocks.

The principal tasks in selecting a suitable site will Include:
          •  Quantification to the extent possible of the
             earthquake and faulting history of the site
             region,
          *  Establishment of a geologic rationale for the
             historical behavior and using this ac a basis
             for predicting probable future activity.

Areas of high seismic or faulting risk, such as portions of the west
coast of the United States, will have very low acceptability and
areas of low risk will appear favorable if other desirable geologic
characteristics are present.  It Is possible that almost any area
may be acceptable from the seisoicity viewpoint where It can be
reasonably shown that movements at or near the repository cannot
occur with sufficient magnitude to reduce containment capability.

The prevailing geologic explanation for regions of the world within un-
usually high earthquake activity is centered on two concepts—continental
drift          and sea floor spreading     which have been unified in
                             (18)(19)
the theory of plate tectonics        .  Continental drift was proposed in
1912 by German meteorologist Alfred Wegener     who argued that the earth's
crustal rocks could flow laterally if they could flow vertically.  Thus,
he postulated that all the continents had been joined 200 million years
ago, after which they had broken apart.  Alternative views to Wegenerfs
were postulated by Wilson   ' and earlier by DuToit     as well as others
to dispose of various problems that Wegener's model raised.  Within
the past 20 years the theory of continental drift was placed on a firmer
foundation by development of the sea floor spreading hypothesis originally
                                        (22)
proposed by Dr. Harry Hess of Princeton.      This concept of sea floor
spreading was substantially confirmed by the work of F.J. Vine and D.H.
                                        (23)
Matthews of the University of Cambridge.      Magnetic data from the
vicinity of the oceanic ridges confirmed that sea floor spreading has
been going on during the past 200 million years at rates of between 2
and 18 centimeters per year.  That is, crust has been more or less
continuously created during the past 200 million years, accounting for
                                   50

-------
most of the present areas of the oceans.  Since evidence suggests that
the earth has not expanded more than 21 during the last 200 million
years ,-• there arises the implication that crust has also been destroyed.
Plate tectonic theory accounts for this implication.

The significance of plate tectonics to the waste disposal Issue lies
largely with the seismlcity/earthquake phenomena related to plate
                           {18)
movement/boundaries.  Dewey     points out that "Most earthquakes
occur in narrow zones that join to ,form a continuous network bounding
regions [the plates] that are seisnlcally less active."  Figure C-4
illustrates the distribution of these zones and indicates the larger
plates by name.

The concept of plate tectonics also relates to tectonism,which deals
with the  structural folding of geologic  formations over geologic  time
Active folding or curving of a geologic  formation is not usually  a  re-
pository  design  consideration, because even if in progress,  it occurs
very slowly.   Folding, however, may be a consideration for a repository
requiring controlled.containment  for  geologic periods of time.
Major  considerations  are:
           *  Can slow  geologic deformations  occur  that have
              the potential to  cause the rocks to fracture
              (crack),  opening  avenues for radlonuclide
              escape?
           •  Are the host rocks and surrounding formations
              sufficiently flexible (e.g.,salt and shale)
              and self-healing (e.g., salt) to withstand
              slow movements without any change in their
              containment capabilities?
 C-3.2.5.2  Diapirism
 Dlapirlsm refers to the process in which geologic structures are formed
 as  the result of the upward plastic flow of rock from deep to
 shallower levels.  For the selection of HLW disposal sites in the United
 States, diapirlsm relates mainly  to the salt domes in Texas and
 Louisiana and in the Paradox  Basin of Utah.  These salt don.es
  formed as a  result of  tectonic downwarping of a bedded salt deposit,
 after which  upward plastic flow occurred through overlying strata.  The
 conceptual geologic model shown in Figure C-3 and discussed in  Section
 C-3.4.2 Illustrates this type of  geologic setting.
                                   51

-------
                                          «6k NORTH

                                                 AMERICAN
                                                 PLATE
                          LEGEND
                       f ^ MAJOR EARTHQUAKES

                       ^^^ OTHER  SEVERE
                       VZafffl. EARTHQUAKES

                         ••="    VOLCANOES


B««l on:   H. Williarm, Scientific American, November 1955 (24) and J.F. Dewey, Scientific American, May 1972.
                FIGURE r_4  RFninMS OP THE WORLD IN WHICH MAJOR FABTUOIIAVBC Aiun \ir\\ OAKI/-.C

-------
 Geologic considerations for a salt  dome  are significantly  different  than
vfor bedded salt  or other rocjk,types.  The  domes often have a  lateral
 extent  of only about  one or two kilometers,  but are continuous vertically
 downward for  several  kilometers.  The selection of a dome  site will
 largely be dependent  upon the desirable  lithologlc properties of the salt
 (Section C-3.2.1),  Stratigraphy  (Section  C-3.2.2) and regional and  local
 hydrogeology  (Section C-3.2.4) will be less  important for  evaluating
 basic containment  potential,

 A site  selection criterion for any  salt  dome will,be the current status
 of any  local  or  nearby  diapiric activity,  or the potential for renewed
 activity during  the design life of  the repository.

 Another criterion  of  lesser importance will  be the assessment of possi-
 ble diapiric  formation  in regions that have  no historic geologic
 evidence of such structures.   This  consideration Is related to the pos-
 sibility of disruption  of the repository by  upward flow of material.
 The prerequisites  for such an event are  a  plastic-behaving rock buried
                                            (25)
 at great depth (up to 8000 meters or  more),   ' under  the  required
                                       (2£)
 temperature conditions  (at least  300°C)      and beneath  the
 groper  geologic  strata.   An early check  on the potential for  the neces-
 sary combination of factors will likely  rule out the possibility of
 diapirism occurring at  most sites which  do not now have any history  of
 such events.

 C-3.2.5.3  Volcanism
 Areas in which volcanism might reasonably  be expected to occur within
 the next million years  should be avoided in  selecting a HLW reposi-
 tory site.  Obviously,  the high degree of  violent activity
 associated with  a  volcanic eruption would  affect the containment capabil-
 ity of  a repository stratum in close proximity to the volcano.
                                   53

-------
                        .
Two basic types of landforms can result from volcanic activity.      In
some areas, molten rock has been extruded through extensive fissures in
the earth's surface and has built large plateaus (fissure eruptions),
In other regions, molten rock escaped from within the crust through
vents; around these vents ejected materials built up into landforms
called volcanoes.

A volcano is considered active if It is presently erupting or  is expected
to do so.  If it Is not active but may well resume in the future, the
volcano may be termed dormant.  If no signs of activity are present and
no activity is anticipated in the future, the volcano is considered
extinct.(28>

Ninety-eight percent of all active volcanoes are located along plate
boundaries where significant earthquake activity Is also concentrated.
The Western quarter of the United States Is such a zone and Includes
Lassen Peak in California, which was last active in 1917.
 C-3,2.6  Erosion and Denudation
 HLW repositories must be located in areas and at depths where waste will
 not be exposed as a result of erosional processes.  Major erosional
 agents include rivers and streams, landslides and other mass movements;
 rain, which erodes by Impact and surface flowj frost action, which loosens
 surface materials; chemical weathering of surface materials; wind,.which
 erodes by deflation and sand blasting; and glaciers,which erode by
 grinding and plucking.  For this study, the important factors are erosion
 river flow and denudation by glacial action.

 Erosion is a continuously occurring process, the immediate results
 of which are nearly imperceptible, except In the case of mass movements.
 However, over geologic time periods erosional effects can be quite
 perceptible—those highly evident results that can have marked effects
 on landforms are connoted by the term denudation.  In evaluating erosion
                                   54

-------
and ""denudation In the overall assessment of the suitability of a site
for a HLW repository, careful consideration must be given to present
erosion rates and the potential for substantial increases in erosion
rates over long time periods.

Rates of erosion vary according to specific topographic location, rock
hardness, rainfall, evaporation rates, type,of vegetation*and other fac-
tors.  As mentioned in Section C-3.2.5, factors such as tectonism can
cause broad uplift of land surfaces, which can lead to radical changes in
erosion rates.  For example, the Grand Canyon portion of the Colorado
River has eroded to a depth of 2000 m during an estimated one million
            O fi\
year period.      The overall rate of erosion in major river basins of
the United States averages about 60 m/million years.  Erosion
rates range from about 40 in/million years in the Columbia River
                                                               (14)
basin to about 165 m/million years in the Colorado River basin.
Since repositories will not be placed in areas where major
ground movements or river erosion can be hypothesized, erosion will
usually not be a major site selection factor.

For many sites, potential glacial activity may be the most important
factor for evaluating erosion or denudation potential.  Glaciers often
deepen and widen valleys previously formed by streams; where tremen-
dous thicknesses of ice occur, valleys may be deepened to great depths.
Examples are the fiords of Norway,which are estimated to have been
                                                (27)
incised to depths of 1300 m by glacial activity.

Four glacial periods have occurred in the northern United States during tne
past million years.  The occurrence of one or more additional glacial
periods during the next million years must be considered as a potential
factor in the development of an HLW repository.

C-3.2,7  Mineral Resources
The attractiveness of many sites will be affected by past or potential
future interest in a mineral resource.  Mineral resource considerations
                                   55

-------
include surface and underground mining of solids, solution mining, and
the withdrawal of subsurface fluids, such as oil, gas, and water.  Each
identified resource requires consideration of any past exploration or
recovery activities and an assessment of the potential for exploitation
during the life of the repository.

The exact nature and locations of all existing mines and wells near
any site must be identified and their effect on the confinement ability
of the site must be analyzed.  This analysis should include effects of
subsidence from mining or pumping, the extent and location of induced
permeability, caused by hydrofracturing (fracturing rocks by Injecting
water under high pressure), and the extent of exploration testing (e.g.*
borings, test wells, underground blasting for geophysics) that could have an
impact on containment potential.  At some locations, the measurement
of existing conditions may present the greatest difficulty in certifying
a site's suitability.

Any potentially valuable mineral in the formations above,
adjacent to,or below the host rock presents two selection considerations:
          *  The existence of the mineral raises the possi-
             bility that man may disturb the containment in
             the distant future by exploring for or extracting
             the mineral, and
          *  A necessary and valuable resource may be lost to
             man because of its location  close to a repository.

C-3.3  CATEGORIZATION AND RANKING OF SITE SELECTION FACTORS
The discussion sequence in Sections C-3,1 and C-3.2 ranged from the
detailed examination of the intrinsic properties of the host rock to the larger-
scale evaluations of geologic settings and finally, geologic events.
A logical procedure for locating and investigating potential repository
sites moves in the opposite sequence, from considerations of the large
scale settings or events to intrinsic properties.  The following sections
present an appropriate starting procedure for most HLW repository site
selection programs.
                                    56

-------
C-3.3.1  Categorization of Factors
Table C-6 summarizes geologic Information categories that  are pertinent
to selecting a site for a HLW repository.  The categories are arranged
to suggest a logical investigative sequence  (top to bottom in the table).
The first stage of the investigation involves assessing the potential
for the occurrence of significant geologic events (Including those as-
sociated with mineral resource exploitation or loss) in candidate re-
gions.  Areas with a high probability for such an event should be
eliminated from consideration; no further work would be performed rela-
tive to those sites.

The second phase of the investigative sequence would concentrate on the
evaluation of the geologic setting for the remaining sites.  This
                                             ^
phase of the study will (1) eliminate other sites on the basis
of negative regional or local jteolojjic conditions, and (2) better
identify the most promising specific locations within acceptable
areas.  It is important to begin a relative ranking of sites at
this stage in order that further detailed studies can be
tailored to the most promising areas, in an appropriate
manner.  Each element within the geologic setting category (Table C-6)
     «s
should be fully addressed during the ranking process.

The final step in site selection will be to gather specific local data
for the best site(s),  These investigations must provide detailed stra-
tigraphic, structural, and hydrogeologic descriptions, as well as
quantitative information about the host rock's lithology and intrinsic
properties.   These final data, with appropriate analyses and evaluations,
permit the identification of site limitations, special design, operation
and/or abandonment requirements, and allow final site ranking bap«-
-------
                            TABLE C-6
           GEOLOGIC INFORMATION CATEGORIES  FOR
               SELECTION OF A SITE FOR HIGH
             LEVEL RADIOACTIVE WASTE DISPOSAL
    INFORMATION
    CATEGORIES
        ELEMENTS  IN EACH CATEGORY
Geologic Events
Teetonism
Seismlcity
Diaplrism
Voleanlsm
Erosion and Denudation
Glaciation
Mineral Resources
Geologic Setting
Lithology
Thickness and Lateral Extent of Host Rock
Depth of Host Rock
Uniformity and Homogeneity of Host Rock
Nature of Strata Surrounding Host Rock
Regional and Local Folding
Joints and Faults
Major Plastic Flows
Regional Hydrogeology
Local Hydrogeology
Intrinsic Properties
Primary Permeability
Secondary Permeability
Porosity
Ion Exchange Capacity
Mineralogy and Solubility
Pore Water Chemistry
Water Content
Thermal Properties
Engineering Properties
                           58

-------
 C-3.3.2   Ranking of Factors

 It  is not practical to provide a quantitative ranking of geologic site

 selection factors presented in this study, because the emphasis required

 for each  factor will vary, depending upon the host-rock type and the

 regional  and local geologic setting.  However, it is reasonable to

 discuss a logic for ranking the factors to provide a starting point for
 any specific study.


 The importance of any of the geologic event factors will depend on the

 area being investigated.  Not all geologic events will have the same

 likelihood of occurring in specific geographic/geologic regions.  Example

 questions regarding geologic event possibilities follow;

          •  Does the region include ariy sites near geologic
             plate boundaries (Section C-3.2.5) where the
             occurrence of volcanic action or major faulting
             is highly likely?

          •  Does the area contain conditions of known, active
             diapirism?

          »  Is it probable that future glaclation stages
             will cover the area?


Part of the overall ranking of events should consider the probability

that certain events will occur in some areas.  For example;

          *  Mineral resources will be a significant considera-
             tion for any area.

          *  Major faulting or folding will always be a con-
             sideration, but catastrophic earthquakes will not
             be a significant consideration everywhere.

          •  Glaciatlon, diapirism.and volcanism will be more
             geographic and can be quickly ruled out for cer-
             tain areas.


Again, it is emphasized that the very long containment requirement

dictates  that each investigation must Initially consider all possible

geologic events.
                                 59

-------
The following listing suggests a sequential procedure for considering
geologic setting factors:

          *  Does the proper lithologic formation exist to
             function as a host rock for a HLW repository?

          *  Are there any structural features that may
             eliminate the site's potential?

          *  Do the stratigraphic and structural features
             present any unusual groundwater characteristics
             that must be considered?

          •  Are the structural and hydrogeologic conditions
             suitable for containment?
Ranking of the relative importance of intrinsic properties during the

detailed site investigation phase will also be highly dependent on
individual site conditions.  A reasonable sequence of considerations

for evaluating intrinsic properties follows:

          •  Does any mechanism exist such as groundwater
             flow that could transmit radionuclides?

          *  Are there chemical or theraochemieal properties of the waste
             that could accelerate exposure of radionuclides
             to the host formation and cause an undesirable
             reaction with the host formation?

          *  Are there geochetnical properties of the host
             formation and surrounding geologic media that
             could retard the migration of radionuclides if
             a transport mechanism does exist?

          •  Can the host formation and geologic surrounding*,
             dissipate heat from the waste and are there any
             potentially serious limitations of the host for-
             mation at high temperature?

          •  Can the host material be engineered to obtain the
             required operating and abandonment characteristics?
C-3.4  CONCEPTUAL GEOLOGIC MODELS

The conceptual models discussed in this section are Illustrated in
                                 60

-------
Figures C-2 through C-7.  The models are general and broadly represent
various repository settings; nature is vastly more complex.  Thus,
the models are provided only as a basis for discussing site-selection
factors for deep geologic disposal of HLW.

All of the conceptual models are presented at similar scales and each
hypothetical repository is located at a depth of about 500 meters.
This depth is used solely for descriptive purposes, but is generally
considered reasonable for many sites.  The depth at any given site will,
as prevously discussed, depend on the lithologic, mechanlcaL and chemical
properties of the host rock and the general geologic setting.   The con-
ceptual models chosen for discussion follow:
              Tectonized  Shale  (Figure C-2)
              Salt Domes  (Figure C-3)
              Bedded Salt  (Figure C-5)
              Non-Tectonized  Shale  (Figure C-6)
              Basalt (Fieure  f--7)
C-3.4,1  Bedded Salt
Salt deposits are considered as a leading candidate for HLW repositories.
The conceptual geologic model for a repository (Figure C-5 is an essen-
tially horizontal, relatively uniformly bedded salt deposit.  At many
locations, the salt body would be characterized by an interbedded sequence
of salt (halite), gypsum, anhydrite, limestone, and in most cases,
shale.  Only two shale layers are shown in the conceptual model to
Illustrate some interbedding.

As discussed in previous sections,  salt has several very attractive
physical and chemical characteristics for a disposal site.  Salt pos-
sesses a very high thermal conductivity on the order of 15 millicalories
per centimeters-second degrees C.   This property, coupled with a
large lateral extent of a bedded salt formation, would be a viable mech-
anism for dissipating the heat generated by the waste.  The low permeabil-
ity (often much less than 10   centimeters per second) and the low
Interstitial porosity (less than 1 percent) provide a significant bar-
           "V
rier to fluid movement other than localized internal water.
                                    61

-------
  152
  306
S
.§


I
457
  610
  762
                                       /fEPOS/TORY   \ •
                                                            1524  3048  4572  6086  7620 Mttan
                                                                                                                        Shalt

                                                                                                                       | LJmaton*
                                                                                                                        Fault, Arrowt Indioti
                                                                                                                        nalatim Momraant
            Source:  D'Appolonia Consulting Engineers, Inc., for Arthur D. Little, Inc.
                                     FIGURE C-5    RADIOACTIVE WASTE REPOSITORY CONCEPTUAL
                                                    MODEL IN BEDDED SALT

-------
The presence of shale interbeds could retard radionucllde transport.
Although shale has a moderate Interstitial porosity on the order of 5%s
                                               —4
it has a low permeability  (usually less than 10   and often as low
     -6      -ii
as 10   to 10    cm/s) and a high sorption capacity, which would inhibit
the migration of radionuclides from the repository horizon.  If the
shale contained hydrous mineral, phases, a potential negative impact
results from the release of water by heat generated from the waste decay.
The conceptual model shows that the salt-shale sequence is overlaid by a
limestone unit.  If relatively unbroken and without unfilled solution
channels or joint systems, the limestone should have a low permeability
to retard radionuclide migration to the overlying sandstone aquifer.

The sandstone aquifer shown overlying the repository is postulated to
have a relatively large lateral extent.  Often such a layer can transmit
sufficient water 'for industrial and/or municipal uses.  The aquifer is
shown at a depth, however, that would probably be uneconomical for farm
and domestic use, especially with the presence of a thick, water-bearing
sand near the surface.  Since the region in which this model is postulated
is characterized by flat lying rocks, the sandstone aquifer will not
crop out for at least tens of kilometers.

The sandstone aquifer in the conceptual bedded salt deposit Is overlaid
by a thick shale unit with very low permeability.  This unit represents
a significant barrier to radionuclide migration.  As a result, waste
contamination to the biosphere could occur only where the sandstone
crops out, where the sandstone unit has been tapped for a water supply
in an area where the shale is excessively broken, or where a borehole
could allow vertical migration of fluids.
                                    63

-------
A very old, inactive fault Is shown on the right side of the conceptual
model.  The fault cuts several of the stratlgraphlc units, including the
salt and the sandstone aquifer.  The effects of the fault on the aquifer
could be that it would prevent horizontal radionuclide migration, but it
might enhance vertical migration to at least the overlying shale unit.
For the case shown, the clays and silts forming the shale were deposited
after the tectonic activity  that caused the fault had ceased.

A deep aquifer has been shown below the salt formation.  This represents
an additional potential escape route similar to the upper sandstone, but
with much less potential for reaching the surface.  The pressure gradient
between the upper and lower sandstone aquifers also represents a basis
for establishing whether water migration between the two, through the host
rock,  should be a design consideration.

C-3.4.2  Salt Domes
A conceptual model for a salt dome waste repository is shown in Figure C-3
The unique features of this model are:
          •  The intrusive nature of the salt into the
             surrounding geologic formations; and
          *  The large amount of faulting and fracturing
             present in the formations adjacent to and
             overlying the salt dome.

As discussed in Section C-3.2.5, salt domes in the United States are
concentrated primarily in the coastal regions of Texas and Louisiana,
and to a lesser extent in the Paradox Basin, located largely in Utah,
The salt was originally deposited as a bedded sequence of halite, gypsum,
anhydrite and shale.  As a result of deep burial and differential pressures,
the salt intruded into the overlying sediments, eventually forming
  ,  j
salt domes.
                                     64

-------
The fracturing and faulting shown overlying the salt dome are the result
of the forceful Intrusion of the salt into the overlying sediments.
These faults would not be expected to undergo movement once active dome
emplacement has ceased.  However, movements could occur from excessive
withdrawal of subsurface fluids, such as water, oil, gas, or brine.

The dome in the conceptual model (see Figure C-3) is essentially
circular in plan view, with the diameter on the order of 3000
meters.  The salt dome is assumed to extend to a depth of at least
4000  meters, which is not uncommon for Gulf Coast and Gulf Interior
Basin salt domes.  The large vertical extent of the salt dome will
assist in the dissipation of heat generated by radioactive decay.

The salt dome is overlaid by caprock consisting of anhydrite and gypsum,
with minor amounts of calclte and sulfur.  This type of caprock is
common and generally has very low, if any, measurable permeability.
Caprock originates from accumulation of the less soluble minerals of the
salt body as its original top was dissolved during emplacement.

The salt dome penetrates, and is in part overlaid by, a thick shale
formation.  The shale will have the same type of mitigating effects
on radionuclide migration as the shale discussed for the bedded salt
model, except that its permeability may be greater as a result of
fracturing,which occurred during the emplacement process.

The lower aquifers are both faulted and folded upward as a result of the
doming process.  Because sections of the aquifer have become effectively
cut off from circulation and abut against the salt dome, stratlgraphic
traps can exist  that  may contain water, gas, and/or oil under pressure.

Conditions above a salt dome can vary greatly, depending on its  depth
and the last time that the dome was active in geologic time.  These
near-surface conditions should not be important at a properly selected
dome because the principal geologic barrier against radionuclide migra-
tion in-%this model is the salt.
                                  65

-------
If it Is hypothesized that some radlonuclides escape from the salt,
their pathway to the surface would be dependent on the site-specific
conditions and where the breakthrough point occurs.  As with the above
discussion for bedded salt:
          »  Pathways to the surface could be greatly re-
             tarded by shale and clay layers that have
             low permeability and porosity and a high
             radionuclide retardation capacity.
          *  The number and location of sandstone zones,
             the amount and extent of brokenness of the
             surrounding rock and the potential for bore-
             holes can contribute to increased pathways;
             again depending on site-specific conditions.

C-3.4.3  Shale
Some shales have properties  thau  make them attractive for a waste
repository.  The geologic potential of a shale body for a waste storage
site depends on dimensions of the formation, llthology, mineralogy,
mechanical and hydrologic properties, structural and seismic history and
the extent of drilling and/or mining.

The conceptual model for non-tectonized shale (Figure C-6) shows a relatively
simple stratlgraphic sequence composed of a limestone unit overlaid
by a sequence of shale and sandstone strata.  Each sandstone unit is
considered to be an aquifer.  The two lower aquifers have been offset by
an old, inactive fault, which would limit the horizontal flow through
these strata.  The uppermost sandstone aquifer was deposited after
movement of the fault had stopped, and it is considered continuous
throughout the region.  This upper aquifer is typical of conditions
that often provide a primary water supply for both domestic and muni-
cipal use.

The principal factors for mitigating radlonuclide migration from this
first conceptual repository in shale are associated directly and almost
exclusively with the thick shale units; i.e.  low permeability, favorable
sorption characteristics, and resistance to fracturing.
                                   66

-------
                                                                                              GROUND SURFACE
 152
 305
^457
 610
 762 L
                                                                                                                                                1900  H
                                                                      Horizontal Scale
                                                                 1524  3048  4572  6096  7620 Meters
                                                                                                                           LECCNO
                                                                                                                             |m Sandstone
                                                                                                                             j I ; i ;| Limestone
                                                                                                                              -^*-  Fault, Arrows IndicaM
                                                                                                                                 Relative Movement
            Source: D'Appolonia Consulting Engineers, Inc., for Arthur D. Little, Inc.
                                       FIGURE C-6   RADIOACTIVE WASTE REPOSITORY CONCEPTUAL MODEL
                                                       IN NON-TECTONIZED SHALE

-------
The second conceptual model In shale (Figure C-2)has been constructed in
a tectonieally-defortned shale unit, on the flank of a small anticline.
The anticline is flanked by two high-angle faults.  An obvious detrimental
feature in this case is the presence of an extensive fault system that
could present direct pathways for migration if groundwater were introduced
into the repository.  This site would be acceptable for a repository in a
geographic location with an arid climate, if absence of water in the
subsurface could be reliably predicted for the life of the repository.
Even if water were to occur deep in the subsurface, the thickness and
geochemical properties of the shale unit might be sufficient to retard
nucllde migration.  Substantial data would be required to demonstrate
this conclusion.

Even without a widespread groundwater system, water could be generated in
a shale repository through the dehydration of hydrous mineral phases of
the rock.  If this volume of water were small, no detrimental effects
would be produced.  Again, however, detailed studies would be required
to demonstrate the actual volume of water that could be developed
considering the temperature and size of the repository, and to evaluate
any possible paths for radionuclides to be released from the repository
along faults or fractured zones in the tectonically-affected rock.

C-3.4.4  Igneous Rocks (Basalt Model)
One of the most promising of the igneous rock types being considered for
an HLW repository is basalt.  The most attractive property of basalt
appears to be its high strength for creating the mined cavities.
Potential undesirable properties requiring careful investigation and
evaluation are:  basalt's relatively low thermal conductivity and its
relatively high linear thermal expansion coefficient, which could either
produce new fractures or expand existing fractures.  Also, some basalts
contain minerals that will decompose If heated in the presence of water.
This is especially the case with pyroxenes and amphlboles.
                                     68

-------
A conceptual model of a repository in basalt la Illustrated In Figure C^-7,
The thick deposits were extruded as sheet type (plateau) flows.  These
are the fissure eruption type volcanic deposits mentioned in Section
C-3.2.5.  The basalts shown are interbedded with fluvial sand deposits,
which in some cases could also be lacustrine clay and silt deposits.
In general, the clay and silt deposits would not be laterally extensive,
but would form isolated lenses or pods between basalt flows.  The sand
units as well as rubble layers overlying some of the basalt flows
                                     (29)
often contain large amounts of water.      In one afea, however, it
is suspected that this water may not be connected to the surface} this
is suggested by the age of the water, which has been dated as at least
40,000 years.  If this condition can be proved, it may be possible to
conclude that these "trapped aquifers" are likely not connected to a
recharge area and would have little likelihood of transmitting nuclldes
to the biosphere.  However, all considerations discussed for shales in
Section C-3.4.3 would still be important on a regional and local basis for
basalt.
                                    69

-------
                                                                    6ROUMO SURFACE-
                   ^
                  i-'-/~-'- /i^-v /X't.*'>--~.-*' ' ' ~ '•*_-/ ~'y_'-—_
152
306
487
610
762 U-
                                                     SAND
                                                                                                        :

                             "•^^y^jf^^v ^'*Mti{2&^&^^
                                                                                                        -
                                                                  ,^\^Xv:'.v>-^"-X,vix>^>
-------
C-4.0  ANALYSIS OF MIGRATION POTENTIAL
     The primary objective of this subtask is to review the available
information concerning, and quantify the potential for, migration of
radionuclides through the geosphere.  The greatest concern for such
migration appears to be related to groundwater movement.  The initial
groundwater flow conditions (perhaps better described as deep subsurface
water movement) at potential disposal sites are extremely important.
The leaching characteristics of the high-level radioactive waste (HLW)
are also important to the migration.
     The approach used in the nuclide migration analysis Involves
several steps, including:
     (1)  Review of the available data on waste leaching and
          of empirical and theoretical models describing leach rate,
     (2)  Review of the available models of radionuclide transport
          in the geosphere, and
     (3)  Selection and use of transport models for sensitivity
          analysis in order to identify the range of parameters
          important in nuclide migration.
     The calculations for this report are shown to be applicable to the
conceptual models for each of the five potential geologic repository types
(summarized in Section C-3.4).  A mathematical approximation of these
geologic strata was then used for nuclide migration calculations.  Details
of this approach and the results are discussed in Sections C-4.3 and C-4,4,

C-4.1  MODES OF WATER CONTACT
     The pathway used throughout this analysis Involves nuclide migration
to the earth's surface through geologic strata.    In  analyzing  this  pathway,
two processes have been examined: flowing groundwater and diffusion through
static groundwater.  This section discusses the modes of possible water contact,
the probable natural water flow rates? and the mechanisms whereby water
might come into contact with HLW after the closing of a waste repository.
     It will be important to have minimal or no natural water movement in
the strata and interbeds of any potential repository.  Since it is highly
probable that in deep repositories there will be water-bearing strata
                                    71

-------
either above or below the potential repository area, water movement in
the potential repository strata and interbedded strata can be expected
to occur unless:
     (1)  the repository formation has no permeability to water, or
     (2)  the permeable strata above and below the repository are in
          hydrostatic equilibrium (i.e., water pressures differ
          only by the difference in elevation multiplied by water
          density).
     There are probably no strata that satisfy the first criterion, but
the combination of extremely low permeability and little, if any, hydro-
static imbalance could create a situation of virtually no flow in a
repository.  At least the water velocity could be below the usual
threshold of hydrologlc flow measurements.
     two kinds of hydrologic flow regimes were postulated to calculate
the natural water velocity that might exist in a potential repository
stratum.  These calculations were made with a conventional two-dimensional
hydrologic flow model.  Although no specification of site type - bedded
salt, salt dome, granite, basalt, shale, etc. - is  intended, the example
examined corresponds more obviously to a bedded formation than to other
types.  Nevertheless, the intrusive types of geology could still have
water-bearing rocks above and below the  potential repository area, thus,
In both flow regimes, two aquifers were  assumed to  exist: one above and
one below the potential repository strata.  Two cases were investigated for
each flow regime, illustrated in Figure  C-8.  The cross-section data
applicable to each case are presented in Figure G-9.
     In the first regime (Cases 1 and 2), flow in the two aquifers was
assumed to be isolated until it reached  the upstream point of entry to
the region of interest In the model.  At this point, a hydrostatic im-
balance equivalent to 305 m of water  (achieved by assuming an increase in
upstream pressure in stratum 3 to 1403 m of water) was assumed to exist
between the upper and lower aquifers  (a  condition that could occur at
specific sites, although such sites would not be likely candidates for
repositories).  Depending upon the permeability of  the repository of the
                                    72

-------
Recharge
 Recharg
Recharge
                         \
                         \
                                                  Case* 1 and 2
                                                  Flow Regime 1
                                                 Upper Aquifer
                                                                       X
                                             Repository and Interbeds
                                                  Lower Aquifer
                                                  Caaes 3 and 4
                                                 Flow Regime 2
                                       FIGURE C-8   TWO FLOW REGIMES


t
t




Upper Aquifer
' ' x
' X X
Repository and Interbeds

Lower Aquifer
 )ischarc
Oischarc
                                                                                                 Discharge
                                                       73

-------
Upstream
Potential
(m of Water)
782
Base Case (No Vertical Flow)
Stratum No. Thickness, m Permeability, cm/s
— •- 1 Aquifer 30 1(T5
Porosity, %
15 —
Downstream
Potential
(m of Water)
m n
Repository and
930 — *~ 2 Interbeds

1ogg 	 „ ,,*. 3 Aquifer
Flow Regime Case No,
1 1
1 2
2 3
2 4
30S 10"7 1

30 10'5 15
——168
	 »-336
Change From Base Case
Upstream Potential in Stratum 3 Increased to 1403 m HjO
Stratum 2 Permeability Decreased to 10 cm/s
Same as Case 1
Same as Case 3 but with Stratum 2 Permeability Decreased to
                        10"9cm/s
FIGURE C-9  CROSS-SECTION DATA FOB EVALUATION OF FLOW REGIMES
                           74

-------
repository strata and iriterbeds, this hydrostatic pressure imbalance
dissipates as vertical flow occurs.  The object of this set of calculations
was to ascertain the magnitude of the vertical velocity and the distance
at which the hydrostatic imbalance is dissipated as a function of assumed
repository strata permeability.
     The second set of cross-sectional runs (Cases 3 and 4) used the
same basic geometry, but flow was assumed to enter and leave only the
upper aquifer, with no recharge or discharge into the lower layers.
Depending upon the permeability of the repository strata and interbeds,
flow in the upper aquifer moved downward and spreads to the lower
aquifer as well.  The primary objective of these calculations was to
ascertain the magnitude of the vertical velocity that might exist in
the repository strata and interbeds.
     The permeabilities used for the three strata were characteristic
of the range for all of the strata types considered for HLW repositories.
The values used for each case are illustrated in Figure C-9,
     The calculated vertical velocities (Darcy or superficial, rather
than interstitial) in the repository strata are shown in Figure C-10.
The vertical velocities at the upstream end for the high-permeability
cases (1 and 3) are larger by at least an order of magnitude than those
of the low-permeability cases (2 and 4).  But the hydrostatic pressure
imbalance decreases more rapidly in the high-permeability cases,  and the
magnitudes of the vertical velocities decrease accordingly.  Because of
the more rapid dissipation of the hydrostatic Imbalance in the high-
permeability case, there is a region where the vertical velocities in
the interbeds are actually higher for the low-permeability interbed
case than for the high-permeability case,  as shown in Figure  C-10.  In
Cases 3 and 4, the vertical velocities reverse sign at the midpoint
between the recharge and the discharge ends.  The velocities  are  symmetrical
around the zero velocity point and are higher near the discharge  for
Case 3 (higher permeability) than for Case 4.   In both these  cases, the
calculated vertical velocity at the midpoint of the interval  is less
than 10~  ft/day (Darcy velocity).
                                 75

-------
    10
       Upstream
 0.4            0.6
 Fractional Distance
 0.8
 Downstream
    10
     ,-5
>  10'1
jo
    10
      8
          o  o
                o
       Upstream       0.2
0.4              0.6
Fractional Distance
                                                                           o  o
                                                                   O
0.8
Downstream
           FIGURE C-10   CALCULATED INTERBED VELOCITIES FOR TWO FLOW REGIMES

                                           76

-------
     The calculated vertical velocities can be compared with what might
be termed "significant" flows.  One definition of a significant vertical
flow is one that would still allow a salt bed to exist over geologic time.
A salt leach front (the point at which most of the soluble salt has
dissolved) will move at only a fraction of the natural water flow.  This
leach-front velocity can be expressed approximately as:
      *

     where:
     v = Darcy velocity of water,
     v  = leach front velocity,
     p  = water density,
      w
     p  = solid salt density,
      s
     X  • weight fraction of solid salt.
      s

It should be noted that the salt porosity, $ , could probably be assumed
to be zero without significant loss in generality.

     For typical values in the above expression, the leach front could
move about one-tenth as fast as the water velocity.  At a natural
Darcy water velocity of 10~  ft/day, the salt leach front would
move only about 30 cm (1 ft)/30,000  years.   Leach rates higher by two
orders of magnitude could probably be significant, but could probably not
exist in or near existing salt beds.  Nuclide migration at natural flow
                  i_'7
rates as low as 10   ft/day should not be significant!since it would
require almost 3 million years to flow  30.5 m (100 ft).
     Another type of water movement in the repository strata, although
caused by the presence of the repository, might be termed "natural"
flow.  In considering potential repositories in certain existing salt
beds, the presence of small pockets or volumes of saturated or super-
saturated brine have been noted.  These brine-saturated regions could
migrate slowly toward the repository because of the temperature gra-
                                   77

-------
dient imposed by the radioactive wastes.  Additional dissolution of
salt on the high-temperature side of the gradient, along with recrystal-
lization on the low-temperature side, could cause migration of the
liquid.  Although this migration could create substantial water contact
with the waste, there would be no additional driving force for water
migration away from the repository.
     Similarly, water movement due to thermal stress has been observed
for potential repositories in salt and shale.  Again, these low-velocity
flows would move toward the potential repository (heat source) rather
than away from it.
     Even if highly selective siting criteria are applied, there can be
extremely slow natural migration of water through the repository strata.
If this occurs, then the velocity of this flow would have to be so low,
that, even if the nuclides were in soluble form and no sorption took
place, the migration would not be significant.
     A repository containing HLW creates a substantial heat source.
The heat stress thus imposed may cause some fracturing of the repository
and interbeds and open up a more permeable channel to an adjacent
aquifer.  Similarly, penetration by exploration or other types of holes,
or failure of the repository entry shaft seal could create a permeable
area above the repository.  The importance of these areas of increased
permeability in terms of nuclide migration is discussed in Section 4.4
of this report.

C-4.2  EVALUATION OF LEACH MIES
C-4.2.1  Introduction
     Most waste forms for the radioactive nuclides are heterogeneous,
slightly porous solids.  Leaching of the HLW form may include several
simultaneous, interdependent physical mechanisms.  The movement of
nuclides may occur inside crystal lattices, along crystal grain boundaries,
through porous regions, along pore surfaces, and through interparticle
voids and may Involve other complex processes at the molecular level.
This movement is generally accompanied by Ion-exchange type chemical
                                 78

-------
reactions, vaporization and condensation, and dissolution  and precipitation
of leached isotopes.  Typically, leaching rates are higher during initial
contact with water, dropping significantly shortly thereafter.
     Factors that affect leachability are porosity and fractures in the
solid, temperature of the solid, chemical composition of the  storage
matrix material, solubility of the isotope being leached, and charac-
teristics of the leaching solution such as pH, salinity, etc.  Porosity
and fractures determine the solid surface area directly in contact with
the fluid.  Solubility of the waste form depends upon temperature; a
temperature increase of 25-100 C can increase the leach rate and the
total amount of material dissolved by  factors of 10-100.  Most laboratory
measurements have been made at temperatures at or near 25 C, although
the waste material burled in a geologic formation will probably be at
higher temperatures.  In the leach model used for transport calcu-
lations, a correction has been made to account for this temperature
effect.  Because of the differences in solubility, leachabilities of
various isotopes in the same waste form material are not the same.
This is especially true of the actinides, as will be discussed in
Section C-4.4.
     Principally because of differences in experimental techniques,
available leaching data are not always in agreement.   The International
Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) adopted a standard procedure for measuring
leachability of solids and expressing leach rates.  Most of the published
                                                        2
leach rate data are expressed in grams of solid leached/cm of surface area/day
                                                                3    2
IAEA has recommended plotting the volume of solid leached as  cm /(cm )(day),
or cm/day units, or alternatively as the fraction of initial radioactivity
leached vs.  the square root of time.   A good summary of test methods  and
leach data has been published by Mendel,

C-4.2.2  Empirical Leach Models
     The most commonly used empirical model for quantity leached is
expressed as followsJ
                                  79

-------
                   1/2
          Q  -  at '  + bt                                          (10)
where
          Q    ™ cumulative quantity  leached,
          t    * time, and
          a, b » empirical constants.
     The  fit of this model to much of the experimental data shows  that the
                                   1/2
variation of Q is  proportional to t     for short  time periods and  linear
for longer times.   The above expression for cumulative quantity leached
would indicate a constant leach rate  is approached at longer times.
Much of the data show this behavior after leach' periods of only
2500 days  or less.
     Leach data obtained at Oak Ridge National  Laboratories have been
fitted  to the equation:
          Q  -  at"                                                (11)
A similar expression was used by Zagar  and Schillmoeller for their  data
                       (31)
for leaching from  glass.     As pointed out in  this work, when a is 0.5,
the constant "a" can be related to a  dlffusivity  in the porous solid.
     Investigators at Atlantic Richfield Hanford  Company have fitted
experimental data  with a polynomial equation, attributing each term
                                                                 (32)
in the  equation to the leaching effect  from a separate mechanism-
     These empirical leach models fit much of the laboratory leach data.
An important aspect of the problem, however, is how consistent these
laboratory data fit in situ waste leach rates.  An in situ test has been
                                                                   ^33^
conducted at the Chalk River site in  Canada over  the last 15 years.
Data from this work appear to be consistent with  the laboratory
leaching  data on the same glass form, as shown in  Figure C-ll.   A constant
leach rate was achieved in the in situ  test after 6-8 years in place.
These data show an extremely low leach  rate, stabilizing at
            -11     2
about 5 x 10   g/cm /day.
     Leach rates at actual waste repositories would be even more complex,
because of the substantial temperature  effect from the radioactive decay.
Based .upon the expected temperature decline and changes in surface  area
as a function of time, an empirical model for the in situ waste form was
derived in Task B,  where:
                                     80

-------
     10"
     10
      ,-7
 &   10*
 •o
CM
 E
 o
 en
 u
 *^
 a
     10
      ,-10
     10"
       11
           o
      O   Laboratory

      •   Field
             »O
                                            •    *
_L
                    1,000
                                                    I
                         4,000
                        2,000       3,000
                          Time, Days
Adapted from:  Merritt, W.F. High Level Waste Glass: Field Leach Test.
              Nuclear Tech., 32, January 1977.
              FIGURE C-11    COMPARISON OF LABORATORY AND IN-SITU
                             LEACH DATA
                                     81

-------
      (1)  For glass forms (standard and devitrifled) the fraction leached
          is proportional to the logarithm of time after water contact
          has occurred.
      (2)  For calcine forms, the fraction leached increases linearly and
          relatively rapidly after water contact has occurred.  No benefit
          in terms of a decrease in leach rate due to decline in decay
          heat was assumed.
In addition, many of the radioactive nuclides in the actinide chains have
extremely limited solubility.  Nuclides in other than the actinide chain can
also  exhibit solubility limitations.  Under oxidation-reduction conditions
existing  in the natural groundwater, several nuclides might exist in a
relatively insoluble form.   Such nuclides include Tc-99 and Np-237, which
under some circumstances would not be strongly adsorbed.  In  the actinide
chains, U, Pu, Th, Am, and others might also be in a very insoluble form.
Consequently, even though the waste form leaches, the nuclide may be present
in an immobile, insoluble form.  The importance of this solubility limitatior
in the migration of the actinide series has been examined and the results
are discussed in Section C-4.4.

C-4.2.3   Theoretical Leach jtodels
      Virtually all of  the theoretical modeling efforts are solutions to
one-dimensional differential equations in linear, cylindrical, or
                      (34)
spherical coordinates.     These equations describe diffusion in a
slightly  porous solid with decay and formation of radioactive isotopes;
in  these  equations, dissolution of the solid is important.  The resulting
solutions are complex  because  of the form of the equation and the Initial
and boundary conditions.
      Solutions to the  one-dimensional differential equations  for theoret-
ical  leach rate are consistent with the empirical models .    '     These
solutions show an initial leach rate that decreases rapidly with time and
later becomes constant.   The  advantage of the theoretical solutions is
that  the  constants can be interpreted as physical quantities, such as
the diffusion coefficient.
                                    82

-------
      The approach in modeling geosphere transport has been to use the
 leach rates defined in Task B,  Two computer runs investigating different
 assumptions about waste leaching were made.  One run was consistent with
 Figure B-42 of the Task B report for the amount of glass leached as a
 function of time.  That curve represented a leach rate decreasing with
 time only because of the changing surfaee-to-raass ratio.  No separate
 correction for the temperature effect was made.  The second run assumed
 that the initial leach rate had been increased by a factor of four by the
 repository temperature increase.   In this run, leach rates beyond 4000
 years were less than those shown in Figure B-42 to remove some of the
 conservatism.   The fraction of the waste leached as a function of time
 for both runs  is plotted in Figure C-12.


 C-4.3  GEOSPHERE TRANSPORT THEORY ASSESSMENT
      As  previously mentioned,  the objective of this  study has  been  to
 investigate non-site-specific  parameters  important  in mitigating
 radionuclide transport  in  the  geosphere.  Forrauljtion of  the cases  to be
 examined with the  model  is  strongly dependent  upon  this non-site  specificity,
       A distinction should be made regarding  the range of values for In-
 dividual parameters  (permeability, porosity, adsorption,  etc.) needed to
 describe the classes of generic sites and the  uncertainty  in the  identity
 of these same parameters once  a specific site  is selected.  In the former
 case, the parameters might need to span the range of salt, basalt, granite,
 and other types of formations.  For the specific site case, a different
 range of parameters may be needed to describe  the uncertainty remaining
 subsequent to a measurement program.  Modeling by the petroleum Industry
 supports this conclusion.
     These petroleum models solve a broad range of equations for simulta-
neous three-phase  flow, energy considerations in enhanced recovery
mechanisms, multicomponent oil phases, and other complexities.  In addition,
a number of laboratory measurements, as well as in situ tests, are made in
                                  83

-------
.014
     Leach Rate
0.0865 %/yr.
                     'Variable Leach Rate" Model
                                     Constant Leach Rate" Model
                                                          Total Leach Tim«
                                                           65,000 Years-x	
              4,000
              8,000      12,000      I6f000     20,000

           Time From Start of Leach, Years
24,000
           FIGURE C-12  COMPARISON OF LEACH RATES FOR TWO LEACH MODELS
                                   84

-------
order to provide background data for these models.  Significantly few, If
any, purely predictive models have been developed.  On the contrary, the
models are first required to fit existing history concerning a specific
reservoir.  Use of such models generally Involves four steps:
     (1)  Compile data concerning both the geologic description of the-
          reservoir and the fluid properties.
     (2)  Utilize these data in the model, and attempt to match model
          output with the reservoir performance history.  (This would
          include production of oil, gas, and water at each well, along
          with measured pressures with the wells either producing or
          shut-in).
     (3)  Adjust these data as necessary and to the extent consistent
          with the geologic description in order to obtain the best
          match to the existing reservoir history.
     (4)  Predict future reservoir performance.
     Petroleum industry practice is cited to emphasize that uncertainty
in both field and laboratory measurements is well recognized.  This does
not imply that the measurement Itself is inaccurate, but rather that it
is impossible to use these point-value measurements (whether laboratory
or In situ) as necessarily representative of a geologic   transport
response over an area of the size of a repository.  Mathematical predic-
tions for non-site-specific areas or for geologic strata for which the
available data are limited must have considerable uncertainty.  Sensitivity
calculations are, therefore, required for a range of the parameters Impor-
tant to the transport process.
     The complexity of a model suitable for such non-site—specific calcula-
tions is an important consideration.  There is a potential for error in
using too sophisticated a model, thereby perhaps hiding some of the
uncertainty that actually exists, or in using too simple a model that may
not include potentially important parameters.  The results of a rather
complete review of models that could have application in radioactive
nuclide transport will soon be published!"

C-4.3.1  Hydrology -Radionuclide Transport Model Review
     An extensive review of hydrologlc models has been completed by the
                                                   (16\
Holcomb Research Institute with the support of EPA .     Results from this
                                   85

-------
survey are not yet available in published form, but summaries and conclusions
from that review were discussed with members of the review team.
     This review was quite comprehensive and conducted on a worldwide basis.
Questionnaires were mailed to groups known to be working in the field of
hydrology soliciting information concerning the types of models developed
and available.  Later, workshop sessions were held at three locations in
the United States in order to obtain additional information regarding
actual applications and limitations of existing models.  Those models
useful for geosphere radioactive nuclide transport are discussed here.
     Any model to assess nuclide transport has two essential parts,
(1) the aquifer flow; and (2) the transport, dispersion, sorption (including
precipitation), and radioactive-decay of nuclides in this flow.  These
two parts can generally be uncoupled and solved independently.  Two critical
factors must be considered, however, before such uncoupling can be permitted.
The first critical factor to be considered is the concentration of the
radionuclides. • If the geologic strata represent a viable repository,
nuclide concentrations will have to be so very small that they will not
affect the density or viscosity of the water.
     The second factor is the amount of heat that will be generated as a
result of the energy released by decay of the radioactive nuclides.  The
density and/or water viscosity could be affected by increases in temperature
and could initiate natural convection.  Since the leached nuclides should
be at trace concentrations in the water, however, the heat generation within
the flowing water should be negligible, thus removing this possible barrier
to uncoupling.  This latter effect would not normally be negligible, but
instead of coupling the water flow and nuclide transport, it would instead
couple flow with energy balance.
     The following comments are a summary of the review of available
models for geosphere nuclide migrations:
     (1)  A number of hydrologic flow models are available that consider
          a rather complete range of spatial dimensions, inhomogenelties,
          anlsotropy, and other factors.
                                   86

-------
      (2)  A number of  constituent  transport models  are  also available
          that  are less general  than  the  flow models but  are  quite
          usable  for consideration of trace-level constituents  that
          undergo simple radioactive  decay.
      (3)  Only  two models appear to include both the decay and  growth
          exhibited during parent-daughter radioactive  chain  interactions.*
          These two models are quite  different in approach.

          One,  developed at Battelle  Northwest Laboratories,  represents
          an analytical solution to the set of one-dimensional  partial
          differential equations describing dispersion, sorption,
          convection and radioactive  growth, as well as decay,  of each
                  (37)
          nuclide.      Since it is based upon an analytical  solution, this
          model is limited to the  following;
                (a)  Dissolution  of the waste form at a  constant rate
                    (radioactive decay of the waste form  is included).
                (b)  Water flow at  a constant velocity.
                (c)  Trace levels of the nuclldes are present, so non-
                    interactive  equilibrium sorption can be assumed.
                (d)  Hydrodynamlc dispersion is treated  as constant and
                    one-dimensional in the axial flow direction.
* Other constituent transport models have been used by various authors
  to analyze radionuclide migration; however, these do not appear to
  have included the Interaction of complete parent-daughter chain reactions
  (e.g.,  see (35) and (38)).   It should be noted that most models that
  include nuclide source and decay terms could be used for full parent-
  daughter chains by a successive application of the nuclide balance
  through the entire chain.   Examples of models that have used this
  concept Include (39).
                                    87

-------
          When restricted to constant flow velocity, the flow model can be
          uncoupled from the transport code, and the constant velocity
          would be reduced to a simple steady-state flow approximation.
          For situations where the water velocity is not constant, however,
          the model could be used by assuming a representative, composite
          average flow.
               The other model, which includes complete geosphere transport
          and decay chains, is one recently developed by INTERA Environmental
          Consultants for Sandia Corporation on behalf of the U.S. Nuclear
          Regulatory Commission (NRG).  '   A brief summary of this model
          appears as Appendix C-II of this report.
               This model represents a numerical finite-difference solution
          to the set of partial differential equations describing geosphere
          transport.  It uses second-order, correct spatial finite-difference
          forms to eliminate numerical dispersion, although in doing so,
          it places a limitation on the size of the grid block and the
          time step that can be used.  The model, similar to the one
          previously described, allows for hydrodynamic dispersion,
          sorption, convection, and the nuclide chain radioactive
          decay and growth.  This model offers considerably more flexibility,
          in that it is multidimensional and handles inhomogeneous geologic
          strata or groups of strata.  Moreover, the model couples the nuclide
          transport code with a complete multidimensional water flow model.
          This model still assumes trace levels of radioactive constituents,
          so the sorption properties can be treated as if in equilibrium
          and non-interacting.  Furthermore, the model can be used to examine
          thermal convection effects or a constituent that affects water
          density, since it includes a total-energy balance and a major-
          constituent balance.
     For the present application involving geosphere transport, most of
the assessment was made for a one—dimensional geosphere pathway.   As a
consequence, either the analytical transport model or the numerical
transport model described above could have been used for the calculations.
Actually, both models have been used for this study:  the analytical model
                                      88

-------
 for simple sensitivity calculations,  and the more flexible numerical model
 for the actual inhomogeneous migration path from the repository to the
 aquifer.  Two scenarios have been calculated with the numerical model to
 provide concentrations to the biosphere pathway models for dose-to-man
 calculations In Section C-5.
      Most, if not all, of the models  Included in this review and discussed
 above use a "continuum" approach (transport through a non-fractured porous
 medium).  Much of the transport in the Immediate vicinity of a potential
 repository may be in multiple-channel fractured media, however.  Further-
 more, many potential repository rock types can exhibit natural permeability
 and/or flow characteristics based upon a fracture system.   Nevertheless,
 many of the natural fracture systems  containing petroleum reserves have
 been modeled using a continuum approach.   Gas production  in a number of
 places has also been modeled with a continuum approach through a dual
 porosity system, with the fracture system characterized by significant perme-
 ability despite a low porosity.  Such fractures communicate by a dlffusional
 mechanism (capillarity,  heat conduction,  or component diffusion)  with a
 rock matrix that has porosity,  but essentially no flow permeability.
      The Office of Waste Isolation recently sponsored a workshop on
"Movement of Fluids in Largely Impermeable Rocks".      The discussion
 focused on water movement,  largely through fracture  systems,  in low-
 permeability rocks.   One of the tasks  in this workshop was to investigate
 the role of numerical modeling  In evaluating transport of  chemical species
 and heat in such an environment.   The participants concluded that longer-term
 effects  (1000-1 million  years)  could perhaps  be simulated  by  continuum
 models.   Shorter-term effects,  however, might require models  that include
 the actual fracture networks.
      The mathematical description of  laminar water flow in fractures
 is  not fundamentally different  from that  of continuum flow through a
 porous rock.   That is,  in both  cases  the flow velocity is  proportional
 to  the  hydraulic gradient (Darcy's Law).   However,  the permeability term
 in  Darcy's Law then becomes proportional  to a power  (usually  the square)
 of  the fracture spacing.   Thus,  the question of fracture model versus
 the continuum model for  water flow is  not a difference in  model type
 but rather a difference  in how to characterize, from either deterministic
 or  stochastic considerations,  the fracture spacing,  width, and geometry.
                                     89

-------
     Mathematical description of the nuclide transport would be
described essentially in the same way, whether the flow were in fractures
or in a porous medium.  If the matrix blocks are not porous, only transport
in the fracture system would be calculated.  Nuclide adsorption on the
fracture face would need to account for a different ratio of surface area
to volume than for porous systems.  In the case where the matrix blocks
include effective porosity, a dual porosity approach would be necessary.
In this case, diffusion of nuelides into the matrix blocks slows the net
transport rate of the nuelides in the fracture.  In the present study, a
continuum model has been used to calculate the water and nuclide transport
in both porous and fractured systems.  The effective porosity of the
fracture systems has been assumed to be small, and no diffusion into matrix
blocks has been included.  This is a conservative approach, in that it
allows the nuelides to move slightly faster than they actually would.
     In the modeling used for this analysis of geosphere migration for
fracture systems (whether naturally present or created subsequent to
repository installation) the fractures are assumed to offer the permeabilitj
for transport'but to have quite low porosity.  Consequently, the rate of
nuclide migration in these fractured regions can be significantly higher
because of a higher interstitial or transport velocity.  Another factor
that increases the transport rate of the radionuclides is the reduced
adsorption that could take place on the fracture surface.
C-4.4  MIGRATION OF RADIONUCLIDES IN THE GEOSPHERE
C-4.4,1  Introduction
C-4.4.1.1  Modeling Concepts
    In Section C-3,4, conceptual models were developed that are repre-
sentative, in a generic sense, of geologic media that could serve for HLW
storage.  These potential repository strata include bedded salt, two
types of shale, basalt, and an intrusive salt dome.  For nuclide migration
modeling, the essential aspects are the presence of adjacent aquifers
above and/or below the repository strata and the communication that exists
or could develop between the repository formation and these aquifers.
The interbedded layers between the repository strata and the aquifer(s)
also are an Important part of this flow regime.
    Each of the conceptual geologic models shown in Section C-3.4 is
amenable to a similar type of calculational model for geosphere transport.
This is illustrated in Figure C-13 as one-dimensional migration both in
                                   90

-------
  Upper Aquifer
        Repository Strata
         and Interbeds
                       \       I
                       \       I

                          \     I
                         I         /
                         /          /
                      Higher Permeability
                      Communicating Area

   Lower Aquifer
        (3} Schematic Vertical Section of Model Area
Aquifer Flow
                      Flow or Molecular
                      Diffusion Only

                      Flow or No Flow
                     From Lower Aquifer
        (b) Model Dimensions
                                                        Potential Discharge
                                                     /  To Biosphere        /
                                                          150 Grid Blocks 1100m x 15m x 52m
                                                                  (3600* x 50'x 176')
                                              5 Grid Blocks 1100 m x 1100 mx30m
                                                   (3600 x 3600x100 Ft.|
FIGURE C-13
                                NUMERICAL REPRESENTATION OF GEOLOGIC MODELS
                                       91

-------
the repository and interbedded strata, and in an aquifer.  Although the
geometry modeled appears more characteristic of the bedded geology, even.
the intrusive geologic models are not significantly different.  The path-
way still involves movement through a region of higher permeability, which
movement has been induced in the repository strata, with the nuclldes
finally reaching an aquifer for horizontal migration.  For modeling, there
is little difference between the five geologic types as long as a continuum
approach is used to represent a fractured area.  In the numerical trans-
port model the following factors can be included;
    (1)  Extremely low-velocity natural water  flow in the
         repository strata,
    (2)  Possibility of communication, because of thermal
         stress or disruptive events, from the repository
         to the upper, lower, or both aquifer(s).
         (a)  This communication could consist of liquid
              contact, but no flow, with liquid diffusion
              of nuclides to the aquifer.
         (b)  The communication could allow a  small flow
              from the aquifer down Into the repository
              and returning to the aquifer because of the
              natural gradient in the aquifer,
         (c)  The communication could allow flow from one
              aquifer to the other through the repository
              if there is a hydrostatic imbalance between
              the aquifers.

    (3)  Sorption of nuclides can be included or neglected in the
         repository and interbed layers independent of sorption
         in the aquifer.
    (4)  Discharge from the geosphere to the biosphere can be
         calculated at many points along the pathway within the
         aquifer.

    In the analyses, properties of the communication area, as well as those
of the aquifer, were varied in order to show the importance of these
effects in geosphere transport.
                                   92

-------
 C-4.4.1.2  Sensitivity Analysis Modeling
     Both the analytical and the numerical models were used to perform
 sensitivity analyses.  Two types of parameters were Investigated!  those-
 that affect the transport mode, and those that affect the leaching
 characteristics.  The parameters tested and the model used for each test
 were as follows:
     Transport Mode                 Parameter                Model
                           Repository Bed Thickness         Analytical
                           Permeability                     Analytical
                           Flow Gradient                    Analytical
                           Adsorption                       Numerical
                           Dispersivity                     Analytical
                           Porosity                         Analytical

     Leach Characteristics
                           Leach Time                       Analytical
                               ,  _                          Analytical
                           Leach Rate
                                                            Numerical
                           Nuclide Stability                Numerical
                           Containment                      Numerical
                           Distance to Biosphere            Analytical
                                             »,
     The ranges of values of the parameters that affect the transport
mode are shown in Table C-7.  These values have been taken from Tables
C-l and C-2 for low- to moderate-permeability sandstone formations.
Assuming that site selection criteria would eliminate the upper end of
the permeability range, the range included in Table C-7 seems reasonable.
A similar tabular listing of ranges for the geosphere transport parameters
was subsequently determined by a panel of personnel from the U.S. Geologi-
cal Survey, the EPA, and INTERA.   This list is summarized in Appendix C-
III.  The range of parameters is similar In most respects to those in
Table C-7» although some of the parameters cover a wider range.

C-4.4.1.3  Nuclide Concentration Modeling
     The purpose of this modeling was to calculate nuclide concentrations
for use as input for assessment of the radiation dose to man in Section
C-5.  Two sets of calculations were made.  Scenario 1 corresponds to a
liquid dlffusional pathway in the repository and interbed strata.  It
also assumes that the permeability of the repository and interbedded

                                    93

-------
                                TABLE C-7
             GEOSPHERE MIGRATION PARAMETERS AFFECTING TRANSPORT
                                        Parameter Range
        Variable

 Thickness, m (ft)

 Permeability*, cm/s
   (ft/day)
 Flow gradient,
   m/m (ft/ft)

 Adsorption, 1C, (ml/g)

 Dispersion, m (ft)

 Porosity %
   Aquifer

15-45 (50-150)
Communication Area
150-450 (500-1500)
(2.8 x 10~3-2.8 x 10"1)   (2.8 x 10~6-2.8 x 10~4)
0.01-0.1

(0.1-1.0)x(normal)**

6-60 (20-200)

15
0-1.0

(0-2.0)x(normal)**

60 (200)

1-10
 *Vertical permeabilities were one-tenth that listed.

 tFracture permeabilities in communication area varied from 10    to
  10~-* cm/s, and porosity values  (Including fracturing) were always
  taken as 0.01.

**See Table c-3.
                                     94

-------
strata has been Increased by fracturing to 100 times higher than normal.
The scenario also uses the most permeable aquifer and highest flow gradient
to develop the greatest case flow condition in the aquifer.  The 100-fold
Increase in permeability for an interbed region permeability (conductivity)
of 10   ctn/s assumes that a fracture of 0.1 nan every 3 m has been created
throughout the region above the repository.  The leach rate has been chosen
as that for a standard glass waste form, with no solubility limitation.
The throwaway cycle waste started leaching at a waste age of 200 years.
"Normal" adsorption (defined by the retardation factors) was used.
    Scenario 2 utilizes the same aquifer flow conditions, but is based
upon what might be termed a "worst probable" case.  It consists of
connecting a lower aquifer to an upper aquifer by flow through the
repository.
    Analysis of these two scenarios identified the nuclides most
important in the migration pathway.  These nuclides tend to have
similar characteristics, such as:
    •  low adsorption,
    *  long half-life,
    •  they, or their parent components, are present in
       large initial amounts.
     Migration of most important nuclides, such as:  Np-237, 1-129,
Sr~90, Ra-226, Cs-137, Tc-99 (when no adsorption is assumed) and some
of the plutonium and uranium nuclides, is discussed in Sections 4.4.3.2
and 4.4.3.3.

G-4.4.2  Results Using Analytical Model
     With the analytical model, the sensitivity analysis examined
primarily the following input variables:
     *  leach time,
     *  hydrodynamic disperslvlty (a multiplier that is applied
        to velocity to produce a total dispersion coefficient),
     •  water migration rates (in turn a function of permeability,
        porosity, and hydraulic gradient),
                                   95

-------
    *  repository and interbed thickness, and
    «  distance to discharge to the biosphere.
    Two output values are important: (1) the initial arrival time at a
given distance from the repository, and (2) the dilution in nucllde
concentration that occurs during migration.  The arrival time is most
affected by water migration rate and nuclide adsorptivity.  Dilution is
affected by both these parameters and is also sensitive to leach time
and hydrodynamic dispersivity.
    The partial differential equation describing nuclide transport and
the analytical solution for a single decaying adsorbing nuclide are
shown in Appendix C-n.  When decay is not significant over the travel
time of the nuclide, the analytical solution4 can be reduced to an
extremely simple form for evaluation of arrival and dilution time:

Initial Arrival time, T
                  LR,
          T   .   — a.                                             (12)
                  V
                   w
where
          L   -   distance to biosphere discharge,
          R,  =   adsorption retardation factor, and
                  the interstitial water velocity,

Dilution
          C   -   C  erf [=£  -~l 4*£/L ]                          (13)
                   o     R    L
where
          C       =   the maximum concentration at L,
          C       *   the boundary concentration at the repository,
          T,      =   the leach time,
          a       =   the hydrodynamic dispersivity, and
          erf (x) =   the standard tabulated error function.
The approximate dilution expression above can be derived from the
analytical solution given in Appendix C-II by noting that peak concentra-
tion will occur at the midpoint of the traveling body of material.  These
expressions can be used to obtain a sensitivity analysis of several
variables .
                                    96

-------
     In all calculations, the repository geometry was assumed to be
constant and consistent with the repository handling wastes from reactors
charged with 50,000 MTHM.  For heat dissipation, the site was assumed to
have a loading of 150 kW/acre.  In the calculations for this study, the
waste was assumed to occupy a 300-acre site.
     Table C-8 summarizes the 1-129 arrival times and relative concentra-
tions at specified points.  Iodine adsorption is zero.  The two water
velocities correspond to the highest levels listed In Table C-7 for
conditions in the aquifer, I.e., a hydraulic permeability of 10~  cm/sec,
a gradient of 0.1 m/m, and a porosity of 15%; and to the lowest values,
which are 10   cm/sec, 0.01 m/m, and 15Z respectively.  The travel times
to a point 1.6 km (1 mile) distant from the repository range from 77 years
up to almost 77,000 years.
     The masses of the significant actinlde and fission product nuclides
initially present in the repository are listed in Table C-9.  The mass of
1-129 present for the throwaway cycle is 1.16 x 10 g.   The flow for a
15 m (50 ft)-thlck aquifer over an 1100 m (3600 ft)-wide repository would
be approximately 144,000 liters/day and 144 liters/day for the high- and
low-flow cases, respectively.   Consequently, if all of the 1-129 is assumed
to be leached at the high flow rate in one year, the average concentration
would be 0.22 g/liter and if leached in 100 years, the average concentration
would be 0.0022 g/liter.  This results from the initial concentration being
Inversely proportional to the product of water velocity multiplied by leach
time.  The effect of leach time on initial nuclide concentration is Illustra-
ted schematically In Figure C-14.  Thus, for a leach time of one year and a
dlsperslvity of 3 m, the maximum concentration of 1-129 at 8 km (5 miles) from
the repository would be 0.0084 g/liter.  On the other hand, for the longer
leach time of 100 years, even with no dispersion in the geosphere transport
path, the maximum concentration would be 0.0022 g/liter.  This is simply an
indication that, for a soluble, non-sorbed, long-lived nuclide such as 1-129,
the important reduction in nuclide concentration is due to the leaching rate
limitation.  In case of the larger dispersivity of 30 m, the concentrations of
1-129 at 8 km (5 miles) distant from the repository are 0.0026 g/liter and 0.0019
                                     97

-------
                                                       TABLE C-8
                                  1-129 ARRIVAL TIMES AND  RELATIVE  CONCENTRATIONS
Interstitial Water
velocity (cm/day)
              5.75
Leach Time
   (yr)
VO
00
             .00575
                                         Dispersivity
                                              (m)

\100
' 1
100
1000
r
(30
h
(30
)30
3
O/\
Distance-1.6 km (1 mile)^
Arrival Time   Relative
	(yr)   Concentration*
               0.085
                                                      77
                                                 76,674
Distance-8 km .(5 miles)
Arrival Time   Relative
	(yr)   Concentration*
               0.038
               0.027

               1.000
               0.996

               8.5 x 10
               2.7 x 10
               0.0085
               0.0027
               0.085
               0.027
                                                                        ~5
                                                                        ~5
                                                              383
                                                          383,368
               0.012

               1.000
               0.860

               3.8 x  10
               1.2 x  10
               0.0038
               0.0012
               0.038
               0.012
                                                                                ~5
                                                                                ~5
         *Concentration at specific distance relative to concentration at aquifer entry.

-------
                                  TABLE C-9
RADIONUCLIDE AMOUNTS FOR ORIGEN OUTPUT
{ I !" «'
(a) Actlnides and daughters
Initial Mass in Place*
Retardation
Nuclide
Cm-246
Am-242ra
Pu-242
U-238
Pu-238
U-234
Th-230
Ra-226
Cm-245
Pu-241
Am- 2 41
Mp-237
U-233
Th-229
Cm-247
Am-243
Cm-243
Pu-239
U-235
Cra-248
Pu-244
Pu-240
U-236
Th-232
Half-Life
(Yr)
4700
152
379,000
4,51xl09
86
247,000
80,000
1600
9300
13.2
458
2.14xl06
162,000
7340
1.6xl07
7370
32
24,400
7.1xl08
470,000
S.OxlO7
6580
2,39xl07
1.4xl010
Factor ,
Rd
3300,
10,000
10,000,
14,300
10,000
14,300
50,000
500
3300
10,000
10,000
100
14,300
50,000
3300
10,000
10,000
10,000
14,300
3300
10,000
10,000
14,300
50,000
(Case 1)
Throwaway
1.48xl03
2. 26x10*
2.24xl07
4.72xl010
6.50xl06
9.15xl06
2.91xl02
1.48xlO~2
1.25xl04
3.91xl07
2.53xl07
2.35xl07
3.60xl02
2.10xlO~2
1.99X101
4,46xl06
3.60xl03
2.70xl08
4.02xl08
1.41x10°
2.56xlO~5
l.llxlO8
2.05xl08
6.70X101
(8)
(Case 2)
UQ_ Recycle
1.48xl03
2.26X101
1.12xl05
2.36xl08
2.14xl05
5.90xl04
5.85X101
5.50xlO~3
1.25xl04
1.96xl05
3.28xl06
2.33xl07
7.20X101
9.60xlO~3
1.99X101
4.46xl06
3.60xl03
1.36xl06
2.01xl06
1.41x10°
2.38xlO~5
9.10xl05
l.OSxlO6
1.17X101

(case 3)
Mixed Oxide
3.18xl05
4 . 95xl02
2.57xl06
2.26xl08
3.87xl06
t
2.19xlO~7
1.97xlO~U
4.46xl06
1.67xl06
5.25xl07
6.90xl06
2.59xl02
1.35xlO""3
4.20xl03
1.27xl08
3.62xl04
3.76xl06
9.50xl07
2.44xl02
4.12xlO~3
1.68xl07
1.54xl05
1.47x10°
*Based on 50,000 MTHM charged to the reactors, and a 10-yr cooloff period.
tValue not listed-in ORIGEN.

                                     99

-------


TABLE
C-9


(Continued)
(b) Fission Products
Initial Mass in Place*

Nuclide
H-3
C-14
Kr-85
Sr-90
Ic-99
1-129
Cs-134
Cs-137
Sm-151
Eu-154

Half-Life
(Yrs)
12.3
5730
10.8
27.7
2.1xl05
1.7xl07
2.05
30.0
87
16
Retardation
Factor,
Rd
1
10
1
100
\3300
1
1000
1000
2500
2500

(Case 1)
Thrgwaway
2.15xl03
1.71xl02
7.65xl05
2.l2x\Q7
4. 20x10 7
7
1.16x10'
3.53xl05
4,96xl07
2.14xl06
1.79xl06
(g)
(Case 2)
U02 Recycle
1.72xl02
1.71xl02
0
2.12xl07
4
1.46x10^
3.53xl05
4.96xl07
2.14xl06
1.79xl06

(Case 3)
Iftxed Oxide
2,27xl02
2.17X101
0
1.23xl07
A
1.86x10
1.55xl05
S.lOxlO7
3.62xl06
1.24xl06
*Based on 50,000 MTHM charged to the reactors, and a 10-yr,  cooloff
 period.
                                     100

-------
Concentration
       Low  Concentration
       Long Leach,Time
                                High Concentration
                                Short  Leach Time
                                                                                       Large  Dilution
                                                                                       During Migration
Small Dilution
During vMigration
  r
                                    Migration  Distance

  BEFORE  GEOSPHERE  MIGRATION                    AFTER GEOSPHERE MIGRATION
            FIGURE C-14  EFFECT OF LEACH TIME AND MIGRATION ON NUCLIDE CONCENTRATION

-------
g/liter, respectively, for the 1-year and 100-year leaching periods.
Even In this case, the reduction in concentration due to reduced leach
rate has been larger than that due to dispersion during migration.
     At lower rates of nuclide migration, the reduction in concentration
in the geosphere pathway due te dispersion, becomes relatively more  important,
For the low rate illustrated in Table C-8, the end result is somewhat
surprising.  It indicates that the increased dilution due to longer leach
times is exactly compensated for by decreased dilution during the geosphere
pathway migration.  This can be deduced  from the dilution equation, since
the boundary concentration leaving the repository (for this idealized
"constant leach rate" case) would be inversely proportional to the water
velocity.  The reduction in concentration during migration is proportional
to the water velocity, which for small values is a linear proportion.
Thus, for small water velocities (or high retardation factors), there
will be an interdependence between time and flow rate.  The above effect
can be noted In Table C-8, where the result for a high flow rate and one-
year leach period is identical (in final concentration) to a flow rate
lower by a factor of one thousand and a leach period of 1000 years.
     Table C-8 shows that for long-lived nuclides such as 1-129, half-
life has little effect.  (1-129 has a half-life of 1.7 x 1Q7 years.)  If
Np-237 were not strongly adsorbed, the result for this nuclide would be
virtually Identical to that for 1-129.  A high degree of adsorption
(R, = 100) reduces the concentration of this isotope after migration
  d
through a distance of 8 km (5 miles) in the aquifer to on,ly about 1.2%
of that leaving the repository, assuming high water flow, 100-year
leaching time, and a dispersivlty of 30 m.  Neglecting adsorption,  (i.e.,
assuming R^ «• 1), the concentration of Sr-90 at 8 km (5 miles) is reduced
           _c
to 3.5 x 10   of the initial concentration leaving the repository.  Appli-
cation of the probable adsorption value for Sr-90, which is about equal to
that for Np-237, would produce a further reduction in concentration at
8 km.
     These results lead to the following conclusions:
     (1)  If the leach time is more than 251 of the nuclide migration
          time, hydrodynamlc dispersion will be relatively unimportant.
                                  102

-------
          Reduction of concentration during geosphere transport will
          result primarily from radioactive decay.
      (2)  Retardation of migration by adsorption in the geosphere is
          important in reducing concentrations of nuclides, as well as
          in delaying nuclide arrival time at specific points.
          This effect on concentration is due to the increased time
          permitted for dispersion to occur.
     The effect of total distance—the thickness of the repository
itself and interbeds—between the repository and an aquifer is also
important.  The type of analysis examined above can be applied to this
variable.  Although the vertical path length in the reposltory-
interbed section would be considerably shorter than the horizontal
distances investigated above, the vertical permeability would also
be much lower, and thus there is a compensating effect.  Therefore,
a 150 m (500 ft) thickness for repository and interbed strata will
be similar in its effect on nuclide travel time to the distance between
0 and 1.6 km (1 mile) in the aquifer, as illustrated in Table C-8,
     Another variable concerns the effectiveness of the containment,
i.e., when leaching starts.  For most radionuclides, later leach
initiation is advantageous, because concentrations have then decreased
because of radioactive decay.  A few daughter nuclides, e.g., radium-226»
however, exhibit increases in concentration for up to 100,000 years
and subsequently start decreasing.  In such circumstances, the early
release could reduce concentrations at a later time.  Unless Ra-226
became the most critical nuclide from the standpoint of dose, early
release would be disadvantageous.   The concentrations of most, if not
all, of the other critical nuclides decrease with time and their
earlier release would be highly disadvantageous.
     No detailed set of calculations has been made for the fuel
cycles other than throwaway (Case 1, Task A Report).  In general,
wastes from the other cycles have less of the critical nuclides,  e.g.
1-129, Ra-226, Np-237 and plutonium Isotopes.  A few nuclides are
Increased, e.g.  Am-243.   If such nuclides as Am-243 contribute a
                                   103

-------
significant amount to the potential dose rate, these cycles should be
* v
investigated.
     The calculations discussed above used the analytical model previously
described.  The rezualning calculations were made with the numerical
nuclide transport model.

C-4.4.3  legultsUsing Numerical Model
G-4.4.3.1  Parameters for Scenarios 1 and  2
     The waste form placed  into the repository was  assumed to  be  from
the throwaway cycle.  The amount of each nuclide used in the migration
calculations is summarized  in Table C-9, along with half-life  and
retardation coefficient.  Two additional types bf fuel  processing options
are also listed: uranium oxide recycle and mixed-oxide  recycle (Cases  2  and
3 of Task A report).  The nuclides tested  include four  actinide chains
and the fission products that are important  from the standpoint of amounts
of each initially present,  as well as of potential  health effects.
     The parameters used for Scenarios 1 and 2 are  summarized  in  Table C-10.
A comment should be made regarding "normal"  adsorption.   The sorption  levels
used were taken from the estimated distribution coefficients (K,j) in typical
desert soil shown in Table  C-3.  These values have  been compared  with
measurements for clay, sandstone, caprock, and river sand soil types
(Table C-4) and, despite some differences, there are no consistent trends
for either actinldes or fission products.  In some  cases, the  distribution
coefficients in sandstone are higher than  the equivalent retardation
factors listed in Table C-9, and in other  cases they are lower.   The
sorption distribution coefficient (Kj), rather than the retardation factor  (R_ several
hundred)^2 as well as the zero value given  in Table  C-3.   Corresponding
R,j values of 3300 and 1,0 have been used for  illustrative purposes in
calculating concentrations  of this nuclide.
                                     104

-------
                              TABLE C-10
              PARAMETER VALUES USED IN SCENARIOS  1  AND  2
        Variable




Thickness, m (ft)




Permeability, cm/sec (ft/day)




Flow gradient, m/m (ft/ft)




Adsorption (Kd in ml/g)




Dispersivity, m (ft)




Porosity %
    Aquifer




15 (50)




10~4 (2.8 x 10"1)
0.1



Normal



30 (100)



15
Communication Area
150 (500)



10~6 (2.8 x 10"3)
0.1



0




30 (100)



1
                                  105

-------
      The grid used in the mathematical model consisted of five 30-m
(100-ft)   blocks representing the repository and interbeds and 150 52-m
 (176-ft) blocks representing the aquifer.   Potential discharge points
 were examined in the aquifer at a point above the repository and at
 each mile distant from the repository.  Both the concentration of each
 nuclide  and the aquifer flow rate were summarized at each of these
 potential discharge points,

 C-4.4.3,2  Scenario 2 Results
      Migration of actinides and fission products as a function of time
 and space for the worst probable case (Scenario 2) are summarized in
 Tables G-ll and C-12,  The four actinide chains are shown in Table C-ll
 for 300, 500,  6000,  30,000,  and 100,000 years.   Selected  fission products
 are shown in Table C-12 for  300,  500,  and  1000  years.
      Two leach rate models have been used.  One assumes a "constant
 leach rate",     with a correction for the changing surface-to-mass
 ratio as a function of time.  The resulting leach rate decreases approxi-
 mately exponentially with time.  In deriving this leach model, a very
 conservative leach rate was assumed, in order to account  for early
 temperature effects and possible glass devitrification later.
      The second, "variable leach rate", model was a modification of the
 first, used to define a more severe  case during early  time.   The possible
 temperature effects were accounted for by increasing the  leach rate for
 the first 4000 years, thus spanning the most important period with respect
 to fission products.  After 4000 years, a lower leach rate was used to
 account  for the probability that devitrification might not occur over
 the leach time.  The comparison of the fraction leached as a function  of
 time was given earlier in Figure C-12.  Although the waste form might
 break down more rapidly than the leach rate model indicates, solubility
 would then undoubtedly limit a number of the actinide concentrations in
 the water leaving the repository.  This effect was Investigated in
 another  model analysis.
                                    106

-------
               TABLE C-ll
      SCENARIO 2—WORST-CASE FLOW
ACTINIDES AND DAUGHTERS AFTER 300 YEARS
                       Concentration in g/1 at
Nuclide                _ 0 km  (mile)*

Cm-246                       l.lxlO~?"°
Am-242m                      1.4x10 ,
Pu-242                       5.9xlO~f
U-238                        8, 8x10" J
Pu-238                       1.8x10";
U-234                        2.8x10" .
Th-230                       6.4x10 IT
Ra-226                       8.6x10
Cm-245
Pu-241                       2.3x10";:
Aa-241                       1.1x10 ?"
Np-237                       1.0x10"?.
U-233                        7.5x10":^
Th-229                       1.6x10

Cm-247                       1.6xlO~i2
Am-243                       1.2x10  ,
Cm-243                       7.9x10"^
Pu-239                       7.1x10;?
U-235                        7.5x10
Cm-248
Pu-244                       1.8xlO
Pu-240
U-236                        3.9x10^
Th-232                       1.1x10
Concentrations at other discharge points are
 negligible (less than one atom per liter).
                    107

-------
                                    TABLE C-ll
                                    ''Continued)

                           SCENARIO 2— WORST-CASE FLOW
                     ACTINIDES AND DAUGHTERS AFTER 500 YEARS
Nuclide

Cm-246
Am-242m
Pu-242
U-238
Pu-238
U-234
Th-230
Ra-226

Cm-245
Pu-241
Am-241
Np-237
U-233
Th-225

Cm-247
Am-243
Cm-243
Pu-239
U-235

Cm-248
Pu-244
Pu-240
U-236
Th-232
0 km (mile)
     ,-10
3.9x10
1.8x10
2.2x10
3.2x10
2.4x10
1.0x10
4.1x10
8.4x10
3.4x10
6.3x10
3.0x10
3.0x10
4.2x10
1.6x10
-13
-6
___*|

-8
-6
-10
-11

-9
-12
-6
_4
-10
-13
  7x10
  1x10
  1x10
2.6x10
2.8x10

4.0x10
1.1x10
1.0x10
1.4x10
6.3x10
-12
-7
-15
-5
-5

-13
-16
-5
—5
-11
                             Concentration, (g/liter) at Following Distances
                             	from Aquifer Entry*	
         1.6 km
        (1 mile)
               3.2 km
              (2 miles)
                    4.8 km
                   (3 miles)
                      6.4 km
                     (4 miles)
 8.0 km
(5 miles)
2.2x10
1.0x10
2.4x10
-14
-20
-24
7.0x10
                     -25
*Concentrations at other discharge points are negligible
 (less than one atom per liter).
                                         108

-------
                                    TABLE G-ll
                                    (Continued)

                           SCENARIO 2—WORST-CASE FLOW
                    ACTINIDES AND DAUGHTERS AF1ER 6000 YEARS
                             Concentration, (g/liter) at Following Distances
                                         from Aquifer Entry*

Nuclide

Cm-246
Am-242m
Pu-242
U-238
Pu-238
U-234
Th-230
Ra-226

Cm-245

Pu-241

Am-241
Np-237
U-233
Th-229
Cm-247
Am-243
Cra-243

Pu-239
U-235

Cm-248

Pu-244
Pu-240

U-236
fh-232

0 km (mile)
-10
5.0x10
-6
8.1x10 *
1.3xlO~f,
3.9x10":™
•>«fo
4.1x10 °
2.1x10 1:
1.3x10
_9
2.8x10 *
— 1 /
1.4x10 I
—9
6.3x10 I
2.4x10 £
1.9xlO:°
1.6x10
l.lxlO"11
5.3xlO~7

— 1
2.0x10 r
6 . 4x10
-13
7.3x10 "
«.1 S
6.6x10 r
1.2x10 e
— S
7.8x10 I
8.9x10
1.6 km 3.2 km 4.8 km 6.4 km 8.0 km
(1 mile) (2 miles) (3 miles) (4 miles) (5 miles)







4.4xlO"18
-24
2.8x10



-5 -5 -5 -6 -1
7.4xlO_g 5.0xlO_^Q 1.5xlO_^Q 3.1x10 ,- 4.9x10 '.
1.8xlO~ . 6.7xlO~1? 1.6x10" . 2.8xlO~ , 4.1xlO~1A
9.7xlO~ 2.8xlO~ 5.8x10 9.6x10 1.4x10














*Blank Indicates extremely small concentration, less than one atom per liter.
                                         109

-------
                              TABLE C-ll
                              (Continued)

                     SCENARIO 2—WORST-CASE FLOW
             ACTINIDES AND DAUGHTERS AFTER 30,000 YEARS
                        Concentration,(g/lltei) at Following Distances
                                    from Aquifer Entry*
Nuclide
Cm-246
Am-242m
Pu-242
U-238
Pu-238
U-234
lh-230
Ra-226
Cm-245
Pu-241
Am-241
Np-237
U-233
Th-229
Cm-247
Am-243
Cm-243
Pu-239
U-235
Cm-248
Pu-244
Pu-240
U-236
Th-232
0 km (mile)
4. 9x10" 12
-6
5.5x10 «
1.1x10
3.4xlO~|
9.3x10":
6.6x10
5.2x10"^
2. 7x10" "
1.2x10" J
3.6xlO~
4-2xlO"XU
4.9xlO~*2
1.4x10"
7.1xlO"2
3.4xlO~"
8.7xlO~fi
2.8xlO~
7.3x10"^
1.8x10
1.6 km 3.2 km 4.8 km 6.4 km 8.0 km
(1 mile) (2 miles) (Smiles) (4 miles) (Smiles)




8.0xlO~14
1.2xlO~21
1.9x10""
1.8x10"! 4.2xlO~I 5.5x10 q 3.7xlO~:*n 1.6x10 :*n
2.7xlO~:[ 2.3x10"^ 1.5x10"^ 6.6x10 ," 2.3x10 \
2.5X10"1 1.7x10 •• 8.7x10" 3.4xlO~ l.OxlO""
S.lxlO"2-1
2.9xlO~23

*Blank indicates extremely small concentration,
 less than one atom per liter.
                                  110

-------
                                    TABLE C-ll
                                    (Continued)

                           SCENARIO 2—WORST-CASE  FLOW
                 ACTINIBES AND DAUGHTERS AFTER 100.000 YEARS
Nuclide

Cm-246
Am-242m
Pu-242
U-238
Pu-238
U-234
Th-230
Ra-226

Cm-245
Pu-241
Am-241
Np-237
U-233
Th-229

Cm-247
Am-243
Cm-243
Pu-239
U-235

Cm-248
Pu-244
Pu-240
U-236
Th-232
      -7
0 km (mile)

4.3xlO"18

6.7x10
2.7x10

7.1x10
9.5x10
6.9x10

6.4x10
  3x10
  3x10
  7x10
  2x10
—7
-8
-8

-14
-17
 •15
-14
-8
3.6x10
       •10
5.9x10
9.4x10

1.1x10
1.9x10
-14
-11

-3
-2
3.7x10
  7x10
  1x10
  8x10
3.3x10
-15
-15
-9
-5
-8
                             Concentration,  (g/liter) at Following Distances
                             	from Aquifer Entry*	
               1.6 km
              (1 mile)
               2.8x10
                     -21
               1.2x10
               3.3x10
               -19
               -20
               1.6x10
                     -12
  8x10
  0x10
7.
4,
1.4x10
1.
2.
3.5x10
  1x10
  7x10
-17
 •20
-18
-9
-9
                -11
2.8x10
2.4x10

1.4x10
1.4x10

1.6x10
1.1x10
5.6x10
9.1x10
      -15
      -19

      -15
      -15

      -16
      -18
      -23
      -21
                      3.2 km
                     (2 miles)
                        4.8 km
                       (3 miles)
                                   6.4 km
                                  (4 miles)
                                        8.0 km
                                       (5 miles)
             2.1x10
                   -18
                            1.1x10
                            2.7x10
                            3.6x10"
-9
 •11
8.7x10
2.8x10
3.6x10
—7
-9
-11
2.5x10
2.9x10
3.7x10'
—o
-9
                                          -11
4.2x10
2.9x10
3.6x10
-9
 •11
* Blank indicates extremely small concentration, less than one atom per liter.

Note:  This table includes four separate actinide series,  Nuclides omitted
       from the above results should be assumed to be in secular equilibrium
       with their parent component, i.e., the activity of each nuclide would
       be equal.  For example, an equilibrium concentration of Rn-222 would
       be present along with the values listed for Ra-226.
                                        Ill

-------
                                                 TABLE C-12
                                  SCENARIO 2—FISSION PRODUCTS AND C-14
Time, yr
300









500







1000








Nuclide
C-14
Sr-90

Tc-99Rt
Tc-99N
1-129
Cs-137

Sm-151

C-14
Sr-90
Tc-99R
Tc-99N
1-129
Cs-137

Sm-151
C-14
Sr-90
Tc-99R
Tc-99N
1-129

Cs-137

Sm-151
0 km (mil<
-L • / XX U —
2.6xlO~°
— i 1
6.7x10 ,
5.1xlO~7
1.4x10";
1.2x10 I
— X
2.0x10
_Q
1.3x10 *
5.3x10 "
2.4xlO-f
3.2x10 ^
8.7X.O-:*
4.8x10 Q
—8
1.6x10
5.6xlO~ s
3.2x10 ^
4.6xlO~^
1.5x10
4.2x10 ,.
—1 u
1.4x10 ,!:
— 1 0
6.6x10
                                                      Concentration, (g/liter) at Following Distances
                                                     	from Aquifer Entry*	^^^
                                               1.6 km
                                              (1 mile)
3.7x10

                                               1.2x10
                                                     -14
                                               3.6x10
                                               1.0x10
      -4
      -4
             3.2 km
            (2 miles)
                                                            1.6x10
4.7x10
1.3x10
-4
-4
                                               7.1xlO~10    1.9x10
                                               1.6xlO~*     1.8x10 *
                                               4.5x10       5.0x10
              4.8 km
             (3 miles)
              8.7x10
              2.4x10
                                                                                -11
                                                                                -11
3.6x10
1.0x10
-4
-4
                           5.7x10
                                 -23
                           2.0x10
                           5.6x10
                    -4
                    -5
                      6.4 km
                     (4 miles)
                      1.8x10
                      4.9x10
                                               -15
                                               -16
6.9x10
1.9x10
-5
-5
                      2.3x10
                      6.3x10
                    -4
                    -5
                           8.0 km
                           (5 miles)
                           9.8x10
                           2.7x10
                           -21
                           -21
2.0x10
5.5x10
-7
                     2.6x10
                     7.2x10
                   -4
                   -5
*Blank indicates extremely small concentrations, less than one atom per liter.

 Tc-99R represents an assumed chemical form of Tc-99 that is highly sorbed (Rd=3300).
 Tc-99N represents a non-sorbed chemical form (R
-------
     This second leach model is represented by the following equation:
             Fraction leached - 0.173 In (1 + t/200)               (14)
where
             t  = time in years  after first  contact with water (200 years).

This equation shows  that all the glass is leached at 65,000 years, with
the leaching period  continuing over most of the time interval shown.
The rate, however, decreased substantially from the start of leaching
at 200 years until the end of leaching at 65,000 years.
     The results summarized in Table C-ll show significant amounts of
several nuclides entering the aquifer at 6000 years.  For example, U-238
and Pu-242 would have  1900 g/day and 1.2 g/day, respectively.  These rates
                                                         ** 0
were obtained by multiplying the concentrations, 1.3 x 10   g/liter and 8.1
x 10   g/liter, respectively, by the water flow rate In the aquifer, 1.44 x 10
                                                  ™~2
liter/day.  The concentration of U-238 of 1.3 x 10   g/liter translates
to 4300 picocuries/liter (pCi/liter) and of Pu-242 to 47,000 pCi/liter.
However, significant levels of these nuclides never reach a point 1.6 km
(1 mile) from the repository even after 100,000 years or more.  The worst
actinide migration occurs with Np-237.  About 3.5 g/day are still
reaching the aquifer at 6000 years.  The peak potential discharge rate
of Np-237 at a distance 1.6 km (1 mile) from the repository would be
about 10 g/day; at 3.2 km (2 miles), about 9 g/day; and at 4.8 km (3 miles),
about 8 g/day.   Because U-233  and Th-229 are daughters of Np-237,
concentrations of these nuclides are found to have moved substantially
farther than would have been expected.
     The migration of fission products is summarized in Table C-12 for
times of 300, 500, and 1000 years.  Significant amounts of 1-129 are
present and are not  adsorbed; hence this nuclide has substantial migration.
Table C-13 lists the maximum value of 1-129 in both g/liter and pCi/liter,
calculated at various distances from the repository.
     In Scenario 2 permeability of the repository strata was increased
by two orders of magnitude.  The highest interstitial horizontal permeability
listed for this strata was 10   cm/sec.  The corresponding vertical
                                   113

-------
                              TABLE C-13
                         PEAK VALUES OF 1-129
Distance from
Repository -km
   (miles)

Concentration,
 .g/llter

  pCi/liter

Time (yr)
  1,6 (1)'   3.2 (2)    4.8 (3)    6.4 (4)    8.0 (5)
1.34xlQ~4  1.30xlO~4  l,27xlO~4  1.25xlO~4  1.2QxlO~4
 21,840     21,190     20,700

  389        470        551
20,380     19,560

 632        700
                                    114

-------
permeability was 10   cm/sec.  This case  could be thought of as  representing
a substantial fracture zone above the repository, with a uniform set of
fractures spaced 3m  (10 ft) apart and with a  fracture width of 1,5 cm
(0.05 ft); the relative cross-sectional area  is then approximately
(0.025)(10)(4)/100 - 0.01.  If these fractures had a permeability of
10   cm/sec, the communication area above the repository would yield a net
permeability of about 10~  cm/sec and a net porosity of about 1%, which were
the values used in Scenario 2.  This scenario simply sets out a  conceptual
illustration of what has been simulated—namely, a "worst case"  geosphere
migration, since a fracture area has created  the communication pathway.
C-4.4.3.3  Scenario 1 Results
     Permeability and flow gradient are important variables controlling
the base flow in the aquifer.  Probably more important to the geosphere
migration pathway, however, is the permeability of the communication
area between the repository and the aquifer.  Section C-4.1 discussed
the magnitude of the natural flow that might occur in potential repository
strata.  These velocities would be quite low and probably not important
from the standpoint of nucllde migration.  More important would be those
events that could lead to a more permeable area occurring between the
aquifer and the repository:
     (1)  Breakdown of the shaft entry seal over long time periods;
     (2)  Thermally-induced fractures around the repository caused by
          heat from radioactive decay;
     (3)  Seismic activity.
In Scenario 2 a rather permeable area above the repository was assumed.
The porosity for the repository strata was assumed to be 1% and thus
vertical migration rates included in Scenario 2 calculations are
indicative of fractured media.  This flow would undoubtedly exceed the
actual flow, even considering the thermal convection effects.
     Scenario 1 is nearly identical to Scenario 2, except that in order to
examine a low end of the range for vertical migration rates of nuclides
from the repository, the strata fluids were assumed to have zero vertical
velocity.  Liquid contact was postulated, but nuclides were assumed to be
                                   115

-------
transported from the repository only by molecular diffusion In the liquid
                                               —fi   9
phase*  A net diffusion coefficient equal to 10   cm /sec was used in
 ^                 	
this calculation.  This net diffusivity is made up of an open-stream
                                         —6   2
molecular diffusion coefficient of 5 x 10   cm /sec and a tortuosity
factor equal to five.
     The diffusion pathway in the repository strata should represent a
lower bound on the transport of nuclides from the repository to the aquifer
(unless these strata are also strongly adsorbing).  However, in the absence
of a solubility limitation for the nuclides, even a diffusional concentra-
tion gradient will increase until the amount of nuclides diffusing from
the repository equals the leach rate.  Although there is a much longer
time transient involved before the nuclide fluxes into the aquifer are
equal to the leach rate, the amounts entering thi aquifer by either diffu-
sion or flow would eventually be the same—in the absence of a solubility
limitation.  Calculations have been made to ascertain how long this time
transient might be.
     The results are tabulated in fable C-14 for the actinide series at
6000 and 30,000 years.  Np-237 has a concentration at the 0 km (mile)
location of about two orders of magnitude less than the Scenario 2 flow
at 6000 years and about a factor of five less at 30,000 years.  Np-237
was selected for the comparison because of its low adsorptivity and its
relatively large contribution to dose.
      The fission product results for the diffusion pathway (Scenario 1)
are tabulated in Table C-15.  In this case, 1-129 has a concentration at
the 0 location of about eight orders of magnitude less than in Scenario
2 at 500 years, and six orders less at 1000 years.  In Scenario 2, the
peak 1-129 concentration had already gone beyond the 6.4 km (4-mile)
migration point in the aquifer at 1000 years.  At 1000 years in Scenario
1, the concentrations are still increasing, but are nearly at their peak
values.  The condition results from an interaction between the increasing
diffusion gradient and the decreasing leach rate.
     These results indicate that over the time periods of interest for
either fission products or actinides, the concentrations migrating in an
aquifer would be at least a factor of five lower for the diffusion pathway
                                    116

-------
                               TABLE C-14

SCENARIO 1—DIFFUSION PATHWAY - ACTINIDES AND DAUGHTERS AFTER 6000 YEARS
Nuclide   0 km (mile)
                            Concentrations  (g/liter) at  Following Distances
                            	from Aquifer Entry*	
                         1.6 km
                        (1 mile)
Cm-246    4.0 x 10~13
Am-242m
Pu-242    6.8 x 10-9
U-238     1.0 x 10~5
Pu-238    1.3 x 10~20
U-234     3.4 x 10-9
Th-230    2.0 x ID-11
Ra-226    1.7 x 10~11  6.2 x 10'
                                -24
                  3.2 km
                  (2 miles)
 4.8 km
(3 miles)
 6.4 km
(4 miles)
 8.0 km
(5 miles)
Cra-245
Pu-241
Am-241
Np-237
U-233
Th-229
5.9 x 10~1Z
2.8 x 10~15
3.4 x 10~12
3.2 x 10" 7
3.5 x 10-11
1.5 x 10-13



4.4 x 10~9
1.1 x 10-14
1.3 x 10~17



5.0 x 10~12
9.9 x 10~18
9.5 x 10~21
Ctn-247
Am-243
Cm-24 3
Pu-239
U-235

Cm-248
Pu-244
Pu-240
U-236
Th-232
          1.6 x IQ-
          6.8 x 10-1°

          6.7 x 10-8
          1.0 x 10-7
          1.2 x 10
          4.7 x 10
          1.6 x 10
          5.8 x 10
-15
 -18
-8
-8
          3.4 x 1
-------
                               TABLE C-14
                              (Continued)

SCENARIO I—DIFFUSION PATHWAY - ACTINIDES AND DAUGHTERS AFTER 30.000 YEARS
Nuclide

Cm-246
Am-242m
Pu-242
U-238
Pu-238
B-234
Th-230
la-226
Cm- 24 7
Am-243
Cm-243
Pu-239
U-235

Cm-248
Pu-244
Py-240
U-236
Th-232
0 km (mile)

3.5 x 1Q-13

2.7 x 10"7
4.7 x l
-------
                               TABLE  C-15

        SCENARIO 1—DIFFUSION PATHWAY -  FISSION  PRODUCTS AND C-14
Nuclide
0 km (mile)
                                Concentration  (g/liter)  at Following Distances
                               	    from Aquifer Entry*	
           1.6 km
          (1 mile)
                   3.2 km
                  (2 miles)
                4.8 km
                (3 miles)
                       6.4 km
                       (4 miles)
                           8.0 km
                           (5 mile;
300 Years
C-14
Sr-90
Tc-99Rf
Tc-99N
1-129
Cs-137
Sm-151
4.3 x 10~19
1.2 x 10- J-J
2.4 x 10~20
1.6 x 10~1J
4.4 x 10~14
7.2 x 10~20
1.4 x 10~18
                          1.3 x 10'
                                  ,-25
                          3.1 x 10
                          8.6 x 10
                      r!3
                      ,-14
                       4.7 x 10
                       1.3 x 10
                           -14
                           r!4
500 Years

C-14
Sr-90
Tc-99R
Tc-99N
1-129
Cs-137
Sm-151

1000 Years

C-14
Sr-90
Tc-99R
Tc-99N
1-129
Cs-137
Sm-151
1.4 x 10
4.4 x 10
2.
4.
x 10
x 10
,-17
,-20
,-18
,-12
4.0 x 10
1.5 x 10
    -20
    r!7
7.6
3.3
x 10
    ,-24
6.8 x 10~17
2.4 x 10
        ,-10
          4.4 x 10'
                      ,-22
      1.9 x 10
1.3 x 10~12   5.3 x 10
-12
r!3
6.9 x 10
1,9 x 10
-13
-13
x 10~16   1.4 x 10~17  6.8 x 10~20
          1.7 x 10
                  -10
                   1.2 x 10
                               -10
6.5 x 10"""-   4.7 x 10-n  3.3 x 10'11
8.7 x 10
1.4 x 10'
    -24
    -17
*  Blank indicates extremely small concentration, less than
   one atom per liter.

t  Tc-99R represents an assumed chemical form of Tc-99 that is
   highly sorbed (% - 3300).
   Tc-99N represents a non-sorbed form of Tc-99 (Rjj * 1).
                                    119

-------
(Scenario 1) than for water flow through the repository (Scenario 2).
Because of the high concentration levels necessary for the diffusional
transport to be effective, solubility limitations will also be important
and will further reduce the concentration reaching an aquifer.

C.4.4.3.4  Sensitivity Analyses Using the Numerical Model

C-4.4.3.4.1  Effect of Leach Rate, Containment, and Nuclide Solubility
     For the aetinides, solubility limits the actual leach rate below
that utilized in Scenario 2.  In order to examine this effect, the
leach model used in Scenario 2 includes the limitation that If a nucllde
concentration exceeds its solubility, only the soluble portion leaves the
repository.  This was accomplished by including a material balance of
nuclides in the repository.  These nuclides could exist In the solid
waste form (assumed here to be glass), In soluble form, or in an insoluble
form (precipitate) after the glass matrix has dissolved.  The case chosen
for illustration is the actlnide series  Gm-246 and Am-242m.  The solu-
                                                                     (43)
bility values used to limit these components are given In Table G-16.
The figures taken were for the most soluble form of each nucllde at  a
neutral pH in fresh water, since this condition gave the highest
       "^
solubility values.
   v The results are quite dramatic.  The glass was completely leached
at 65,000 years, but even at 100,000 years substantial amounts of uranium
and plutonium remained in an insoluble form in the repository.  These
nuclides would continue to leach very slowly over long periods of
time.  In Scenario 2, 1900 g/day of U-238 reached the aquifer at a time
of 6000 days; when the solubility limit was imposed, however, less than
      _o
3 x 10   g/day reached the aquifer.  There Is a similar, but not as
drastic, reduction in the concentration of plutonium reaching the aquifer.
The solubility limit will undoubtedly be an important influence in
controlling the leaching rate of the actinides.
     The migration of fission products should be most sensitive to the
leach rate and to the effectiveness of containment.  In order to investigate
                                   120

-------
                               TABLE C-16
                     ACTINIDE SOLUBILITY
                        Sat'd NaCl                         Water
Actinlde              (g-moles/llter)                  (g-moles/liter)

   U               log [U02 CL+] - -28,7           log  [UO^]    - - 9

   Np              log CNp02+]   - - 3             log  [NpOj4*]    - - 3

   Pu              log [Pu02Cl]  - -11.8           log  [Pu 02+]   - -12,3

   Am              log [Am OH**] - -18.4           log  [Am OH"""]  - -18.4
 Cm values were taken to be similar to those for Pu.
                                    121

-------
this effect, a case was assumed where the important fission products were
completely leached in a 25-year period.  Leaching was started 50 years
after the repository was closed.  The results can be contrasted to
                                                                      -4
Scenario 2 in which the maximum 1-129 concentration was about 1.3 x 10
g/liter at a distance 1 mile from the repository (see Table C-13).  With
the more rapid leaching rate and shorter containment period, the 1-129 concen-
tration at this same distance peaked at a concentration more than 20 times higher,
        ••» ^
2.5 x 10   g/liter.  The concentration of Sr-90 entering the aquifer never
               ^Q
exceeded 3 x 10   g/llter in Scenario 2, but with the shorter leach time and
containment, Sr-90 reached a level nearly 10  times higher at 2 x 1Q~  g/liter.
Sr-90 still would not present a problem, however, once migration into the
aquifer takes place because of its high adsorption coefficient.
     In Scenario 2, a standard glass form with leaching starting 200
years after emplacement was assumed; water contact was present when the
repository was sealed and the containment then broke down in 200 years.
The "variable leach rate" model used gave higher leach rates than the
"constant leach rate" model for periods up to 4000 years but then leaching
declined.  The total leach time was 65,000 years.  (See Figure C-12).
     A set of sensitivity calculations was performed using the same
conditions as in Scenario 2, except that the "constant leach rate" model
was used.  In this instance, the waste form leached completely in 20,000
years.  Nevertheless, the results showed only small variances in nuclide
concentrations from those resulting from the assumptions of Scenario
2.  At a similar discharge point no nuclide concentrations differed by more
than a factor of 2.  The fission product concentrations were lower (as
was expected) since the crossover point in leach rates is 4000 years; the
concentrations of radlum-226 and neptunium-237 were higher for the
"constant leach rate" model than for the "variable leach rate" model,
but by less than a factor of 2.
     As mentioned previously,  solubility would undoubtedly limit  the actual
leach rate of actinides in either case.   Thus,  the  ultimate difference
between the two leach models would be even smaller.
                                  122

-------
     Another factor associated with the source terms Is the method of
reprocessing, if any, of the waste form before it is placed in the
repository.  Three alternatives were discussed in Task A;  (1) no
reprocessing, i.e., the "throwaway" cycle;  (2) uranium recycle only
(plutoniura is also separated but not recycled), and  (3) mixed uranium
and plutonium oxide recycle (see Table A-3).  In the latter two cases,
the important radionuclides removed are plutonium, uranium, and iodine.
Slight reductions in other nuclides also occur in these cases where recy-
cling is used.   A few of the heavy nuclide concentrations are increased,
Am-243 perhaps being most important.  The relative hazard from a recycling
case should always be considerably less than in a "throwaway" case, and
thus no geosphere calculations were made for the recycle cases.  An impor-
tant reduction in the amount of 1-129 from that initially present is obvious
from Table C-8.  This reduction of nearly three orders of magnitude in
the initial amount present in the waste form should decrease the 1-129
concentrations along the geosphere pathway proportionately.  The
nuclides whose quantities have increased from the amounts initially
present in the waste form are all actinides; from the previous calcu-
lations it appears that solubility would limit concentrations of these
nuclides in the geosphere transport pathway.

C-4.4.3.4.2  Effect of Adsorption
     One highly uncertain factor is the adsorptive character of the
formation, including both the repository  strata and interbeds, and
the aquifer.   In Scenario 2, normal adsorption in the aquifer and none
in the communication area was assumed.  In order to examine the
importance of adsorption, computer runs were made using different
sorption values.
     In a low-sorption case, the aquifer was assumed to have much less
adsorption than In either Scenarios 1 or 2.   The actlnide chain beginning
with curium-246 was used in this illustration.   Adsorption values based
on one-tenth the original distribution coefficients (Table C-9) were
used for the  aquifer.   Again,  no adsorption was assumed in the repository
or in the communicating area.
                                    123

-------
     The results for this case Indicate that even with much lower
adsorption in the aquifer, the actinide series migration will be effectively
retarded.  The two components of most concern from this actlnide chain would
be radlum-226 and plutonium-242.  At a distance of 1.6 km (1 mile) from
the repository at 6000 years, the concentration of Ia-226 had increased
to 1.9 x 10~9 g/liter  (2000  pCi/£), which is a large Increase (almost
nine orders of magnitude) over that of Scenario 2.  Pur-242 concentration
had also undergone a large relative Increase, but was still extremely
small.  It should be emphasized that under idealized conditions of a
constant leach rate and virtually no decay, the adsorption level in the
aquifer primarily affects time of arrival rather -than the concentration
level of & nucllde.  In the above cases, the effect is larger, since the
leach rate is decreasing with time and the nuclldes are either decaying
or being formed.  As a result, the concentrations can be affected
substantially.
     In the high-sorption case, the communicating area was assumed to
have substantial adsorption (as it would if the repository were
placed In shale).  In this case, twice the original distribution
values were used in the communication area.  Normal adsorption was
used in the aquifer.
     In this case, substantial decreases in nucllde concentrations
resulted from strong adsorption in the repository strata.  The residence
time of components, such as Ra-226, increased to 50,000 years compared
with roughly 50 years in the no-adsorption condition of Scenario 2.
Decay, dispersion, and leach-rate changes are Important over this
increased residence time.
                                    124

-------
C-4.5  COMPARISON OF THE EFFECT OF LOW-GRADE URANIUM ORE VS. AN HLW
       REPOSITORY

     For this comparison of the HLW with a natural uranium ore body, the
assumption is made that the site of the HLW is occupied by a 0,2% uranium
ore body, which la in the same location In the ground and is subject to
the same influences and conditions as assumed for Scenario 2.
     For the calculation, the natural ore is assumed to consist of U-238
and its important daughter components contained in the repository volume
(300 acres by 15 m [50 ft] thick).  After several Initial calculations,
four nuclides (U-238, U-234, fh-230, and Ra-226) were found to be
sufficient to represent the entire decay chain.  The amount of each
nuclide leaving the ore was limited by its solubility.  The limiting
solubilities are as follows:

        Nuclide                         Limiting Solubility, moles/1
         0-238                             1 x 10~9 (oxide)
         U-234                             1 x 10~9 (oxide)
                                                 _o            (441
         Th-230                            1 x 10 y (hydroxide)*  '
         Ra-226                            7 x 10~5 (carbonate)*

For comparative purposes, the aquifer and flow through the ore deposit
were assumed to be the same as for the Scenario 2 repository calculation.
     There is a distinct difference between nuclide transport from the
ore and that from an HLW repository.  In the HLW, there is an actinlde
decay chain, beginning with Cm-246, which contains U-238 as a daughter.
This decay chain also produces Ra-226 by a separate route that does not
involve U-238.  As a consequence, in an Intact repository from which no
nuclides have escaped, Ra-226 attains its maximum concentration between
100,000 and 200,000 years after the HLW has been removed from a reactor.
The amount of Ra-226 would then decrease slowly toward the equilibrium
value produced by the decay of U-238 alone.
                                                            (44)
*Estimated by analogy to the solubility of barium carbonate.
                                    125

-------
     In the ore deposit, the amount of Ra-226 Initially present would be
only that quantity produced by the decay of the U-238.  However, since
the ore would not be confined by the kinds of barriers used in an HLW
repository, Ra-226 would be removed rapidly because of solubility in
water and the resulting equilibrium concentration of Ra-226 would be
controlled only by its rate of formation from decay of U-238.
     For a moderately low-grade ore deposit (0.2% U-238), the area
equivalent to a repository would contain about the same mass of U-238
as does the throwaway cycle HLW.  In this analysis, these amounts are
4.72 x 10   g for HLW and 7 x 10   g for the ore deposit.  The following
table summarizes the Ra-226 concentrations arriving at various distances
in the aquifer,
                                 Ra-226 Concentrations (g/liter)
Distance;     Time, {years)         From Ore         From HLW
                 6,000             7.1 x 10~8       1.3 x 10~
   0 km
 (0 mile)
   1.6 km
  (1 mile)
 30,000             7.3 x 10"8       6.6 x 10~8
100,000             7.3 x 10~8       6.6 x 10~8
  6,000             2.5 x 10 1?      4.4 x 10"1
 30,000             2.1 x 10~13      8.0 x 10~14
100,000             2.6 x 10"13      1.8 x 10~12
     In the above comparison, the concentrations of Ra-226 from the ore
deposit are quite similar to those from the HLW; directly above the
repository, the concentrations are virtually the same.  At 1.6 km
(1 mile) distance, however, the concentrations of Ra-226 from the HLW
are smaller than those from the ore for times up to 30,000 years but
become larger after that.  The reason for this is that the HLW contains
substantial initial inventories of Pu-238 and U-234 (both parent nuclides
of Ra-226).  As these parent nuclides decay, significant quantities of
Ra-226 are created.  In the ore deposit, only U-238 decay produces
Ra-226| thus, the concentrations at later times approach a constant
value.  The magnitude of this equllibrum concentration depends primarily
on the travel time and upon the decay rate of Ra-226.
                                   126

-------
     One additional factor should be mentioned.  In the above analysis,
water was assumed to have come in contact with the ore (or with the HLW)
at the moment calculation was started.  It is equally reasonable to
assume that water would have been flowing through the ore continuously
over geologic time.  In that event, the aquifer might be saturated with
respect to adsorption of U-238 and its daughter products.  This
"saturation" would then cause water from this aquifer to have essentially
a constant ratio of U-238/Ra-226.  This is in reasonable agreement with
                                                              (45)
an extensive data set collected by the U.S. Geological Survey.    '  The
largest number of samples typically had concentrations of 1 x 10   g/£
                 12
U-238 and 1 x 10    g/i of Ra-226.  For distances beyond roughly 1.6 tan
(1 mile) from the ore, the U-238 that is first dissolved in the water
and then adsorbed downstream can produce more Ra-226 in situ than is
formed in the ore and then transported to the same point.
                                  127

-------
C~5*0  DOSE-TO-MAN CONSIDERATIONS
C-5.1  OBJECTIVES AND OVERVIEW
C-5.1.1  Introduction and Purpose
     A repository for high-level radioactive wastes will contain large
quantities of radionuclides in high concentrations.  Placement of the wastes
in deep geologic formations and in physical forms and containment structures
designed to minimize the chances of escape and transport in the environment
Is being considered as a way of protecting the public from the potential
hazards associated with such wastes.

     The objective of this section of the Task C report is to provide a
basis on which to estimate the magnitudes of radiation doses that might result
from releases at any time in the future.  More specifically, this part of the
project provides estimates of doses to individuals and populations as a
result of radionuclides entering various environmental media and being trans-
ported through the biosphere via likely pathways.  A further objective of
this task is to compare the calculated radiation doses resulting from the
potential repository leakage with radiation dose guides applicable to the
public and with radiation doses resulting from naturally-occurring radionu-
clides, and to assess the importance of these predicted radiation doses.
       V

     Because of the long half-lives of some of the radionuclides that would
be placed in a geologic repository, the potential toxicity of those materials
persists for long periods.  In general, the few nuclides that persist in the
repository will be the same as those that occur naturally in the earth, e.g.,
the uranium, thorium, neptunium, and actinium decay series.  The long life
of the high-level waste (HLW) necessitates the consideration of impacts on
the biosphere, including radiation doses, over equally long time spans.
Indeed, the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 requires that such
projections be made.
                                    128

-------
C-5.1.2  Options and Considerations for Making Radiation Doge^Assessments
     In assessing the radiation impact of HLW on the public, the procedure is
to postulate a pathway by which radioactivity from an HLW repository can get into an
individual and to use a metabolic model to calculate the absorbed dose  (rad),
or preferably the dose equivalent (rem, i.e., the absorbed dose multiplied
by a quality factor) to a specific organ or to the whole body of the exposed
person(s).  The dose equivalent is the important radiological quantity
for estimating the health effects resulting from a particular radiation
exposure.*
     For an individual, therefore, the magnitude, and hence the acceptability
or risk, of the radiation impact can be compared to the dose limits recommended
by national and international organizations.  For the case of a group of persons,
i.e., a population, a similar direct comparison is also desirable.  This can
be done by invoking the concept of a dose equivalent tothe population  (the
unit used is person-rem), consisting of the sum of the dose equivalents to
each individual of the population.  The collective effect of the dose equivalent
to this population is assumed to be independent of the dose equivalent  distribu-
tion in the population.  The condition that permits such a dose equivalent
comparison is a linear-nonthreshold dose-response model of the biological ef-
fects of radiation.  Such a model is mathematically convenient, is unlikely to
underestimate the health effects, and permits direct comparisons to dose limits
and dose equivalents from other sources, especially when the dose equivalents
are at or below the dose limits or are equivalent to those from natural causes.
(See Section C-5.1.4 for further discussion of the model and its implications.)
     Assessment of the radiation Impact can be made by comparing the concen-
trations in drinking water of radionuclldes derived from HLW with the maximum
permissible concentrations recommended by national and international organiza-
tions.   Such a comparison can be useful, especially if drinking water is the
main route of entry into persons.  However, the recommended concentrations are
based on dose limits and again the comparison is really one of dose equivalents.
*While prediction of health effects is a subject that is beyond the scope
 of this report, it is assumed that dose estimates will eventually be used
 for this purpose.
                                   129

-------
     Further assessments can be made by comparing the dose equivalents due to
the HLW with dose equivalents due to natural background, especially that
due to internal radiation from radionuclides such as carbon-14» potassium-40,
and the uranium and thorium series.
     Comparisons based on relative hazard indices are sometimes made as an
alternate approach and to avoid the necessity of making absolute health esti-
mates.  Such Indices include:
     (1)  The total volume of water required to dilute the radioactivity
          in the HLW to the maximum permissible concentration for
          drinking water,     or
     (2)  The total number of "annual intake limits" contained in the
          HLW for either the radiation worker or for a member of the
          general public,     or
     (3)  The ultimate number of cancer deaths that might be produced by
          a given quantity of HLW, if distributed in a large population
          in such a way as to produce the maximum biological effect.
     While these indices may serve as extreme boundary conditions or may
be .intellectually interesting, they are not very useful and can even be
misleading, since they omit all the transport processes and metabolic path-
ways that affect different radionuclides in different ways in the final
calculations of dose equivalent.
     It is possible to make a relative comparison between important HLW
radionuclides and natural radionuclides, provided that the natural radionu-
clide is assumed to be placed in the repository along with the other radio-
nuclides.  The comparison will not be a proper one if the natural radio-
nucllde is not exposed to the same transport processes as the HLW.

C-5.1.2,1  Prediction of Pathways
     The transport processes described in Section C-4 are based on geological
considerations that are associated with long time periods in the past and
that will be generally applicable for the long time periods into the future
associated with HLW disposal.  Thus, the transport processes described and
discussed at present will presumably be unchanged for equivalent periods in
the future.
                                      130

-------
     The analogous situation for predicting the pathways by which the
radionuclides will disperse in the biosphere and enter people, and even
for predicting human metabolism,does not have the same sound basis of
constancy with time.  Society and the activities of people have been changing
continually and quite rapidly in relation to time periods as long as those
involved in HLW management.  However, to make a dose equivalent calculation,
a pathway and metabolic model must be postulated describing the conditions
under which the radionuclides are introduced into people and how they are
metabolized.  If society and the activities of people are known, realistic
models can be postulated and the calculations made for the short term.  For
the long term assessment, on the other hand, it is nearly impossible to predict
what society and the activities of people will be and, hence, no applicable
models have been postulated and no appropriate calculations can be made.
     This inability to predict pathways and metabolism for the long term
poses great limitations for dose calculations.  This concept is important
enough that it is described in greater detail in Section C-5.1.3 in order to
give a broader perspective to the dose equivalent calculations that are made
in a more conventional manner and are presented in Section C-5.2 and C-5.3.

C-5,1.2.2  Assumptions and Conditions for the Dose Calculations
     In spite of the difficulties of long-term predictions, estimates of
dose equivalents are needed to make an evaluation of the potential consequence
to populations in the future.
     Dose equivalent calculations are expressed in terms of dose commitment.
The latter is defined for the present purpose as the dose equivalent accumu-
lated over a period of 50 years following the intake of radionuclides for a
period of not more than one year.  The dose equivalent, as defined, will vary
with the age of the individual and is, therefore, age specific.  The repre-
sentative age chosen for this report is 21 years.
     The models for the calculations involve two types of transport from
the repository, three types of pathways to people, and three types of dose
commitment to these people.  The transport scenarios both Involve water
getting into the repository; in Scenario 1 there is water contact but no
flow, and the radionuclides diffuse to an overlying aquifer;  in Scenario 2,
there is water flow from an aquifer below the repository, which carries the
radionuclides to an overlying aquifer.  The model pathways to man include
                                     131

-------
direct access to the water in the aquifer and via two types of river fed by the
aquifer, one simulating a river like the Colorado River and the other simulating
a "midwestern river."  In both the river models, radionuclides reach man through
direct ingestion of river water and through crops, cattle, and milk.  The path-
ways involving direct access to the aquifer results in a "maximum" Individual
dose commitment that is believed unrealistic and serves principally
as an upper limit value.  For the river pathways, "maximum" and "reasonable"
population dose commitments are calculated.  The former is analogous to the
"maximum" individual dose and again is an upper limit; the latter is an attempt
to represent realistic conditions whereby radionuclides will be introduced
into a population served by a particular body of water.
     The radionuclides used in the dose calculations are those that persist
or grow over long time periods and that contribute significantly to the total
dose commitment.  The times for the dose calculations are those times in the
future at which the concentrations of the radionuclides reach maximum values.
     Thus, the dose calculations are made for present-day people, with present
metabolism and present modes of access to the radionuclides, using those radio-
nuclides that would be present in the future, at their maximum concentrations,
if they were indeed to move from the repository to a point accessible to such
people.  The calculations must, therefore, be considered only as an illus-
trative exercise, based on a specific set of assumptions, which cannot in any
way be considered as predictive of actual occurrences in the future.  Finally,
all the dose commitment values that are presented can be considered to represent
conservative values, partly because water has been assumed to enter the repository
partly because of the use of the linear-nonthreshold dose-response model, and
partly because of the transport and pathway assumptions.  The expected dose
commitments in a real situation would almost certainly be lower than those
predicted by these illustrative models.
C-5.1.3  Conditions of Exposure and Persons or Populations atRisk
C-5.1.3.1  Usefulness of Modeling Short-Term Transport and Health Effects
     Computerized simulation of the dynamics of environmental transport and
redistribution of radioactivity has been most useful and valid in the studies
of potential impacts of specific facilities at specific locations.   In these
situations, the existing environment can be investigated and substantially,
though not completely, quantified for use as input to a computer model.

                                    132

-------
The model can be used to evaluate critical pathways and thereby identify
the most appropriate locations for subsequent sampling and analysis.  The
model can also be verified after its use by comparing measured concentrations
with those predicted by the model.
     The extensive computer modeling of health effects resulting from the
release of radionuclides to the environment, as well as  of the potential
mechanisms by which such releases night occur, has been valuable in pointing
out areas that had been overlooked in previous evaluations of the long-term
impact of nuclear energy.  For example, the potential health impacts of
nuclides such as earbon-14, teehnetium-99, iodine-129, and noptuniutn-237
were identified primarily as a result of computer modeling.
     In nonspecific studies of facility types or typical operations, however,
computerized simulations are of limited value simply because they are so
critically dependent upon the assumptions of environmental conditions that
are used as input data.   Acceptance or rejection of the results of such
modeling will depend upon whether one accepts or rejects the assumptions
used as input to the model.

C-5.1,3.2  Problems in Modeling Long-Term Transport and Health Effects
     The validity of detailed models for projecting transport and health
effects many millenia into the future is certainly questionable.  Relevant
demographic and socio-economic factors can be hypothesized for such distant
times, but cannot be forecast.  The discussions in the following sub-sections
serve to illustrate this fact.
     An extensive review of 83 documented computer codes for assessing
environmental transport and radiation doses from radioactivity released to
                                       (49)
the environment was published recently.      The codes evaluated exhibited a
rather wide range of sophistication and capabilities.  The environmental
transport models and supporting data represented by these computer codes are
generally similar in two respects:  most of them are designed to evaluate
releases from point sources (i.e., specific surface facilities) directly into
the atmosphere or into a body of surface water, and most consider only the
first cycle of radioactive materials through environmental pathways.  No
documented computer codes were found that were designed to handle releases
from dispersed underground sources or to consider recycling of extremely
long-lived radionuclides in the biosphere.
                                    133

-------
C-5.1.3";2.1  Population Distributions
     Geographic distributions of populations tend to change as environmental
conditions and resource values change.  For example, anyone making predictions
of present population distributions based on conditions existing more than 500
years ago would not have extrapolated beyond his own country or at least his
own continent.  As recently as 100 years ago, few people could have foreseen
the city of Phoenix, Arizona.  Even Las Vegas, Nevada, as it exists today,
would have been considered unlikely as recently as 50 years ago, before the
construction of Hoover Dam.  In general, the fastest-growing cities in the
United States during recent decades either did not exist or were inconsequen-
tial a century ago.
     At the present time, the most rapid growth in the United States is
occurring in the southwestern ("sunbelt") regions.  The principal limitation
to growth in those areas is the supply of water.  However, some of those
same areas may be considered for location of large Federal repositories for
radioactive waste.  If a practical system were devised to divert water from
the northwestern region of the county, or from the Hudson Bay area of Canada,
to the southwestern portion of the United States, it is entirely conceivable
that extremely large metropolitan areas would develop in the Southwest.  At
the present time, there is no way of predicting with a high degree of assurance
the population growth or distribution for long periods into the future for those
areas in which HLW repositories may be considered.

C-5.1.3.2.2  Agricultural Distribution
     The geographic distribution of agriculture in the United States has
changed significantly during the nation's history.  Two hundred years ago,
few would have predicted that the Imperial Valley of California would be a
major agricultural center.  Also, few at that time would have predicted that
the plains of Kansas, Nebraska, the Dakotas, etc., would be agriculturally
important to the United States and to the world.  Just as the Imperial Valley
in California was changed by large-scale irrigation practices, so also could
large portions of the southwest be changed by the importation of large quantities
of water from more northern regions of the United States, or possibly Canada.
As with population distribution, there is no assured way of predicting what
the agricultural distribution might be around an HLW repository at times far
into the future.
                                    134

-------
C-5.1.3,2.3  Agricultural Technology
      Basic agricultural  technology may  change  as  a  result  of  efforts  to
feed  larger numbers  of people  on  smaller  parcels  of land.  This would be
particularly true  if continued population growth  caused more  agricultural
land  to be taken out of  use  for other purposes, such as residential,  com-
mercial,  or industrial uses.   During the  past  century, especially  during
the past  few decades, a  number of significant  changes have been taking place
in agricultural technology,  particularly  In  the areas of increased auto-
mation and artificial enhancement of food production.
      In recent years, many revolutionary  procedures have been developed for
producing the world's food supplies with  smaller  commitments  of land  and
in more stringently  controlled environments.   Thus,  it is  entirely plausible
that  within a few  decades, or  at  most within a few  centuries, present-day
concepts  of transport of contaminants through  food  chains  will be  obsolete
and irrelevant.  It  Is possible that food production will  be  very  closely
controlled and managed in order to maximize  its quantity and  quality.  At
that  time, the uncontrolled  outdoor environment may have little or no inter-
action with the controlled agricultural environment.
      Dietary and nutritional practices will undoubtedly change as  the result
of changes in agricultural technology and distribution networks for food
products.  In the  past few decades, food  chains have  become more truly world-
wide, as  opposed to  being localized within agricultural communities.  At the
same  time, however,  there has  been a massive increase in the  control  of food
ingredients and distribution.

C-5.1.3.2.4  Resource Conservation
     As natural resources become more expensive to obtain,  increased emphasis
is placed on recycling.   Not only mineral resources, but also organic materials
are being recycled; a common example is that of wood and fiber products,  such
as paper.
     Another resource that is being conserved and "recycled" in some parts
of the country,  out of sheer necessity,  is water.   As a nation we  are rapidly
approaching "limited pollution11 releases with the long-range objective of
"zero release."  Admittedly,  it will be  a long time before  we arrive at  "zero
release," but  as we approach this  condition,  the importance of contamination
from outside sources will diminish.
                                    135

-------
C-5.1.3.2.5  Medical Technology
     One of the most important factors affecting the significance of radi-
ation dose to the human race in the centuries and millenia to come is the
effect of progress in medical technology.  It is a matter of record that the
progress achieved during thp past several decades has already lengthened human
life expectancy and increased the average age of the population.  The success
of medical science has also been felt in the increased numbers of people in
the procreative age group who have survived what wou?d once have been a fatal
disease and who are now capable of passing that hereditary defect on to their
offspring.  It is entirely conceivable that, within the next century, the
somatic diseases caused by radiation will be treated'•success fully, so the per-
centage of people who have sustained some physiological, and perhaps even gen-
etic, damage and who are still able to produce children will increase.  If,
in fact, the adverse health effects of radiation prove to be either prevent-
able or curable by advances in medical science, the impact of the radiation
doses resulting from long-term storage of HLW may be substantially altered.
Although none of these possible eventualities would affect the radiation
doses received by future populations, the consequences of those doses could
obviously be very different.
C-5.1.4  Implications of the Use of a Linear-Nonthreshold Dose-Response
     The linear-nonthreshold hypothesis is defined as:  "the assumption that
a dose-effect curve derived from data in the high dose and high dose-rate
ranges may be extrapolated through the low dose and low dose-rate range to
zero, implying that, theoretically, any amount of radiation will cause some
damage."      To permit simplified calculations of the health impacts of
small individual radiation doses delivered to large populations, it is
customary to assume that every increment of dose represents the same impact,
regardless of when, where, how, and to whom it was delivered.  At doses or
dose-rates to individuals that are small fractions of those due to natural
sources, the question of the validity of this assumption is unresolved.
     Inasmuch as a straight-line extrapolation from the high-dose region down-
ward through the origin would overestimate response effects in the low-dose
                                     136

-------
region, compared with a curvilinear form, it is generally agreed that the
"llnear-nonthreshold"  model provides a "conservative" basis for public
policy  making.  In addition, since this model, like all linear models, Is
intrinsically easy to understand and apply, there is a practical reason for
preferring it to a more complicated one.  The BEIR Committee, (50) therefore,
recommended its adoption, in spite of the fact that experimental evidence
indicated that some non-linear function would more accurately repre-
sent the true dose-response relationship for human health effects.  The
Committee justified its recommendation on the basis that a "non-linear
hypothesis for estimating risks in support of public policy would be
impracticalin the present state of knowledge*, and partly because "the
linear hypothesis, which allows the mean tissue dose to be used as the
appropriate measure of radiation exposure, provides the only workable*
approach to numerical estimations of the risk in a population."
     A further advantage of using the llnear-nonthreshold model arises In
calculating limits of population radiation doses for circumstances where
population distributions and radionuclide concentrations may not be well
defined.

C-5.2  BASIS FOR DOSE-TO-MAN CALCULATIONS
C-5.2.1  Introduction
     The preceding section has identified and emphasized the uncertainties
and Inadequacies Inherent in modeling future events and consequences that
require detailed knowledge of the biosphere and of human living conditions
In times far Into the future.  In spite of such limitations, there is a
distinct need for making reasonable projections related to the effects of
current actions on future generations.   In order to make such reasoned,
though limited, projections, one must rely on making explicit assumptions
and proceeding thereafter to evaluate consequences of an action or actions
based on those assumptions.
     For this report the dose-to-man consequences of HLW emplacement in
deep geologic formations have been exemplified by stipulating a "most
likely" release mechanism and by stipulating conditions whereby "maximum
individual dose" and "reasonable population dose" would occur.  The general
*Emphasls added

                                   137

-------
mechanisms and assumptions have been described briefly in Section 5.1.2.2.
The most likely release mechanism is contact with, and subsequent leaching
by, groundwater.  Dose-to-man calculations have been made for two sub-
categories of this release mechanism;  transport by passive aqueous diffu-
sion and by active flow of radionuclides in potable groundwater.  In the
following sections, the assumptions made relative to the two release mech-
anisms (scenarios), the three pathways, and the three categories of dose
calculations are discussed in greater detail.
C-5.2.2  Repository Release Scenarios
     The two release scenarios used for this task are those termed ''normal"
as specified in Section C-4.4.  Both scenarios consider groundwater in
contact with the repository waste materials, leaching of the waste, and
subsequent transport through the geosphere to the biosphere.  Leaching
by groundwater appears to be the most likely failure mode for a waste
repository.  In fact, some workers have concluded that eventual contact
                                                  (37)
between groundwater and the repository will occur.      The following
sections describe the two groundwater release scenarios upon which dose-to-
man calculations are based.  Table C-17 presents physical data and calculated
50-year dose-commitment factors for a number of long-lived radionuclides
that will be present in the waste.
C-5.2.2.1  Diffusion to a Potable Aquifer (Scenario 1)
     In this release scenario, radionuclides are transported from the
waste repository by way of diffusion in the water through the repository
horizon, from which some of them gain access to an over-lying potable aquifer
(See Figure C-15).  Table C-18 shows the concentrations of important radio-
nuclides 'in the aquifer directly above the repository at time periods of
300, 1000, and 30,000 years (times refer to age of waste following emplace-
ment).  The assumptions on which these concentrations are predicted include
the effects of sorption and dilution in the aquifer but not sorption in
the repository strata.  After entering the aquifer, radionuclides move down
the hydraulic gradient with the groundwater.  Concentrations of important
radionuclides (i.e., those that are predicted to appear in significant quan-
tities) one mile down gradient from the repository area are also shown In

                                    138

-------
                              TABLE C-17
PHYSICAL DATA AND DOSE COMMITMENT FACTORS
FOR SIGNIFICANT RADIONUCLIDES
Nuclide
0-14
Sr-90
Tc-99
1-129
Cs-13?
Sm-151
Ra-226
Th-230
U-233
U-234
U-235
U-236
U-238
Np-237
Pu-238
Pu-239
Pu-240
Pu-242
Am-241
Am-243
Half-Life
(years)
5.7 x 103
2.8 x 101
2.1 x 105
1.7 x 107
3.0 x 101
8.7 x 101
1.6 x 103
8.0 x 104
1.6 x 105
2.5 x 105
7.1 x 108
2.4 x 107
4.5 x 109
2.1 x 106
8.6 x 101
2.4 x 104
6.6 x 103
3.8 x 105
4.6 x 102
8,0 x 103
Specific
Activity
(Ci/£)
4.5 x 10°
1.4 x 102
1.7 x 10~2
1.6 x 10~4
8.8 x 101
2.8 x 101
1.0 x 10°
2.0 x 10~2
9.7 x 10~3
6.2 x 10~3
2.2 x 10~6
6.4 x 10~5
3.4 x 10~7
7.3 x 10~4
1.8 x 101
6.3 x 10~2
2.3 x 10""1
3.9 x 10~3
3.3 x 10°
1.9 x 10'1
fcr\
Ingest ion 50-Year Dose
Commitment to Adult
(rem/M Cl intake)*
Whole Body
5.65 x 10~4
1.67 x 10-1
4.92 x 10~5
9.32 x 10~3
4.32 x 10~2
2.84 x 10~6
3.11 x 101
5.70 x 10~2
5.24 x 10~2
5.13 x 10~2
4.82 x 10"2
4.92 x 10"2
4.50 x 10~2
5.54 x 10~2
1.72 x 10~2
1.91 x 10~2
1.91 x 10~2
1.84 x 10"2
5.42 x 10"2
5.30 x 10~2
Bone
2.8 x 10~3
8.3 x 10°
1.2 x 10~4
[7.5 x 100"1"
Thyroid]
8.1 x 10~2
6.9 x 10~5
3.0 x lO1^
2.0 x 10°
8.6 x Hf1
8.3 x 10"1
7.9 x 10"1
7.9 x 10"1
7.6 x 10"1
1.4 x 10°
6.8 x 10"1
7.9 x 10"1
7.9 x 10"1
7.3 x 10"1
8.2 x 10"1
8.2 x 10"1
 intake at age 21.
+2.8 x 101 for child.
tfrom ICRP Publ. 10.
139

-------
                                                   TABLE C-18
RADIONUCLIDE CONCENTRATIONS FOLLOWING DIFFUSION
INTO A POTABLE AQUIFER (SCENARIO 1)*
Aquifer Entry
Nuclide

C-14
Sr-90
Tc-99Rf
Tc-99Nf
1-129
Cs-137
Sm-151
U-235
U-236
Np-237
Pu-239
Pu-240

Am-243
Ra-226
300 Years
4.3xlO-19
1.2X10"19
2.4xlO~20
1.6xlO"13
4.4xlO~14
7.2xlO"20
1.4xlO~18
2.7xlO~15
1.4xlO~15
4.6xlO~14
2.5xlO~15
l.OxlO"15
-17
4.1x10
8.7xlO~21
1000 Years
7.6xlO-16
3.3xlO~24
1.4xlO-16
2.4xlO-10
6.5X10"11
8.7xlO~24
1.4xlO~17
8.1xlO~12
4.4xlO~12
l.lxlO"10
7.1xlO~12
2.6xlO~12
-13
1.0x10
6.4xlO"16
30,000 Years
tt
tt
1.7X10"11
**
**
tt
tt
5.5xlO~6
3.1xlO~6
2.3xlO~6
1.5xlO~6
6.3xlO~8
-9
3.4x10
2.8xlO~9
One Mile Below Repository
300 Years 1000 Years 30,000 Years
1.3xlO-25 1.4xlO-17 tt
tt
_ _ _
3 . lxlO~13 1 . 7xlO~10 **
8.6xlO~14 4.7xlO~1:L **
tt
- tt
_ - _
_
l.OxlO"23 2.0xlO~6
_ - _
_ _ _

_ _ -
5.5xlO~16

100,000 Years
tt
tt
tt
**
**
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt

tt
1.2xlO~13
 *A11 values are representative of the throwaway cycle and are in units of
**Concentrations at these time intervals are less than concentrations at 1000 years.
 tTc-99R represents an assumed adsorptive (Rjj=3300) form of Tc-99.
ttTc-99N represents a non-adsorptive (R
-------
        INDIVIDUAL
     DIRECT.1NGESTION
   NVK^vw^W-^yKv/A^rfjW •
                 SOIL
            POTABLE  AQUIFER
                                             POPULATION
                                         DIRECT INGESTION
                                              WATER SUPPLY  WELL
                                                   SOIL
                                                              OF
                                                     GROUNDWATER
                                                     FLOW
     T
   VERY LOW
  PERMEABILITY
REPOSITORY STRATUM
  WITH INTERBEDS
[
                                                 Dl FFUSION OF RADIONUCLIDES
                                                 TO POTABLE  AQUIFER

                                                HLW REPOSITORY
                        "**.'.  I  * T>/?ai/r/^£IK SLOW  LEACHING IN REPOSITORY
                           _____	* .  *      •	
                          LOWER AQUIFER
Source; D'Appolonia Consulting Engineers, Inc., for Arthur D. Little, Inc.
    FIGURE C-15   SCHEMATIC ILLUSTRATION OF MAXIMUM INDIVIDUAL AND UPPER LIMIT
               POPULATION DOSE BY DIFFUSION TO A POTABLE AQUIFER (SCENARIO 1)
                              141

-------
 Table C-18 for time periods of 300,  1000,  30,000 and 100,000 years
 following waste emplacement.

 C-5.2,2.2  Flow to a Potable Aquifer (Scenario 2)
      In this scenario,  radlonuclldes are transported from the waste reposi-
 tory by groundwater from an underlying aquifer flowing through the repository
 to an overlying potable aquifer (See Figure O16).   When the nuclide-bearing
 groundwater reaches the aquifer,  movement  is downgradient within that aquifer.
 Table C-19 presents concentrations of important radionuclides in the aquifer
 directly above the repository and in the aquifer one mile down gradient from
 the repository.   Concentrations at time periods of  300,  500, 6000, and
 30,000 years are shown  for  the area  overlying the repository site and
 for 300,  500,  6000, 30,000,  and 100,000 years one mile down gradient from
 the repository.   These  concentration estimates are  based on assumptions
 that include sorption and dilution in the  aquifer.

 C-5.2.3  Pathway Models
      The intake of radionuclides  by  people is postulated to occur not by
 direct access to the repository but  by access through some pathway to the
 aforementioned aquifer.  Three routes have been chosen for consideration,
.one of which (direct access to the contaminated" aquifer) would require con-
 currence of several specific conditions or events and may therefore be rather
 unlikely, while the other two (river models) are intuitively more plausible
 and realistic.  In each of  the three cases, contamination of the aquifer
 was assumed to occur by either the Scenario 1 or Scenario 2 mechanisms.
 Information important to the use  of  all models for  calculating dose com-
 mitments Is listed in Table C-20.

 C-5.2.3,1  Direct Access to Aquifer
      In this case the assumption  is  made that water is obtained from a
 well that has been drilled  Into the  aquifer, i.e.,  the resulting pathway
 is that of direct ingestion of the contaminated water continuously for a
 period of one year.  This is a worst-case situation, most likely to be
 prevented either by appropriate security or by the  remoteness and lack of
                                  142

-------
        INDIVIDUAL
    DIRECT  INGESTION
    POPULATION
DIRECT INGESTION
                                             -WATER SUPPLY WELL

SOIL
*" POTABLE AQUIFER ^
^

f

SOIL
— ^ -^--DIRECTION OF
Z~^ GROUNDWATER
"* FLOW
   VERY LOW
  PERMEABILITY
REPOSITORY STRATUM
  WITH INTERBEDS

     ~L        ^*
                               ^—*   ^
                               3t  jr  iiii-i *^-^
       AQUEOUS FLOW TRANSPORT
       OF RADIONUCLIDES


      HLW REPOSITORY
                                     RELATIVELY RAPID  LEACHING IN REPOSITORY
                          LOWER  AQUIFER
Source; D'Appolonia Consulting Engineers, Inc., for Arthur D. Little, Inc.
   FIGURE C-16 SCHEMATIC ILLUSTRATION OF MAXIMUM INDIVIDUAL AND UPPER LIMIT
             POPULATION DOSE BY AQUEOUS FLOW TRANSPORT TO A POTABLE AQUIFER
             (SCENARIO 2)
                               143

-------
                                TABLE C-19

   Radionuclide Concentrations* in Aquifer at Aquifer Entry (Scenario 2)
Nuclide
C-14
Sr-90
Tc-99Rf
Tc-99Nf
1-129
Cs-137
Sm-151
U-233
U-234
U-236
Np-237
Pu-240
Pu-242
Am-243
Ra-226
300 years
1.
2.
6.
5.
1.
1.
2.
7.
2.
3.
1.
2.
5.
1.
8.
7 x
6 x
7 x
1 x
4 x
2 x
0 x
5 x
8 x
9 x
0 X
9 x
9 x
2 x
6 x
10-9
10-8
10-11
10-4
10-4
10-8
10"8
10-11
10-7
10-6
io-4
10-6
10-7
10-7
10-12
500 years
1.3
5.3
2,4
3.2
8.7
4.8
1.6
4.2
1.0
1.4
3.0
1.0
2.2
4.1
8.4
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
10-9
10-10
10-10
10_4
10-5
10-10
io-8
10-10
10-6
10-5
10-*
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-11
6000 years


4.5
2.3
6.4


1.9
4.1
7.8
2.4
1.2
8.1
5.3
1.3
tt
tt
x
x
X
tt
tt
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X


10-10
10-5
10-6


10-8
10-6
10-5
10-5
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-8
30,000
tt
tt
2.1 x
4.2 x
1.3 x
tt
tt
3.6 x
3.4 x
7.3 x
1.1 x
2.8 x
5.5 x
1.4 x
6.6 x
years


10-10
10-6
10~6


10-8
10-6
10-5
10-5
10-6
10-6
10-7
10-8
 t,
tt
All values are representative of the throwaway cycle and are
In units of g/£,

Tc-99R represents an assumed adsorptive (Rd-3300) form of Tc-99.
Tc-99N represents a non-adsorptive (SdHl) form of Tc-99.

Concentrations at these times are not available.
                                     144

-------
                              TABLE C-19 (Continued)

      Nuclide Concentration in Aquifer One Mile Beyond Repository  ^Scenario 2j
Nuclide 300 years 500 years 6000 jrears
C-14 - 1.2 x 10-14 ft
Sr-90 tt
Tc-99Rf -
TC-99N1" 1.3 x 10~4 3.6 K 10~* 2.3 x 10~5
1-129 3.7 x 10~5 1.0 x 10~4 6.5 x 10~6
Cs-137 tt
Sm-151 - - ft
U-233 - 1.0 x 10~20 1.8 x 10-9
U-234 -
U-236 -
Np-237 - 2.2 x ID'14 7.4 x 10~5
Pu-240 -
Pu-242 -
Am>-243 -
Ra-226 - - 4.4 x 10"18
30,000 years
tt
tt
3.1 x 10~19
4.2 x 10-6
1.3 x 10"6
tt
tt
2.7 x 10~9
-
-
1.8 x 10~5
-
—
—
8.0 x 10'14
100,000 years
tt
tt
8.5 x 10~14
tt
tt
tt
tt
2.7 x 10~9
-
9.1 x 10~21
1.1 x 10~9
5.6 x 10~23
1.2 x 10~19
2.4 x 10~19
1.6 x 10"12
 *
  All values are representative of the throwaway cycle and are in
  units  of g/&.

  lc-991 represents an assumed adsorptive (R
+EPA-520/4-73-002.
 See Appendix  C-V for explanation of transfer coefficients.
                                     146

-------
usefulness of the  repository area,   it provides,  for  reference  purposes,
an extreme case of human exposure to a contaminated aquifer, and produces
an "unrealistically" high radiation  dose  commitment to  affected individuals.

C-5.2.3.2  River Model "A"
     This river model is constructed using data typical of the  Colorado
River mainstream.  Water from the aquifer is assumed  to enter the river
one mile beyond the repository.  Main water diversions  (for population
use) along the river are taken at five major locations.
     The river model has an upper and lower basin; the  upper basin has
more rapid dilution via tributaries, and  the lower basin has a  relatively
constant flow and,dilution factor.   For this reason,  two diversions were
used to represent  use in the upper basin  and one  "total diversion" to
represent use in the lower basin,  A dingle point diversion in  the lower basin
(at the river mouth) was used because the dilution factor throughout the
lower basin is approximately constant.  Other upper-basin characteristics
are high agricultural use and relatively  small populations ingesting water.
     Dilution factors applicable at  each  diversion were calculated using a
general materials  balance.  Use along the river has been taken  either from
existing Colorado  River data, as stated in Table C-21,  or calculated from
standard use and yield values.

C-5.2.3.3  River Model "B"
     This model is for a hypothetical river having a population and use
distribution proportional to the river flow (i.e., proportional to the
dilution factor).  Water from the aquifer is assumed to enter the river
one mile beyond the repository.  The model was previously used for a
                                                      (52)
purpose similar to its application in this assessment.      This hypo-
thetical river can be considered more typical of a mldwestern river than
River Model "A" in that it is more heavily used for drinking water and
less used for agricultural supply.  Where available data are insufficient,
the same assumptions and water use calculations made for River Model "A"
are applied in River Model "B".  Information important in using River
Model "B" for calculating a reasonable population dose is listed in
Table C-22.

                                  147

-------
                                                                                 TABLE C-21
00
INFORMATION FOR RIVER MODEL "A"*

Distance
to
Diversion
(miles)
Upper Basin
0
50
100
Lower Basin
550
700
800


River
Flow
(cfs)

2,400
4,000
6,700

13,700
12,300
11,500



Dilution
Factor

1.0
1.7
4.5

10.4
10.5
11.3
11.3


Diversion
(cfs)

_
1,600
700

1,500
1,600
4,000
7,100
FOR REASONABLE
Population Total
Drinking Irrigation
Water Acreage
(persons) (acres)

_ _
1 x 10* 1.5 x 105
1 x 105 6.6 x 10*

4 x 105
5 x 106
1 x 104
5.4 x 106** 1.5 x 106
POPULATION DOSE CALCULATIONS
Sprinkler
Irrigation
Acreage
(acres)

_
1.5 x 10A
6.6 x 103

_
_
_
1.5 x 105
Total+ Dairy?
Crop Beef I Cow
Yield Feed Feed
(kg/yr) (kg/yr) (kg/yr)

_ _ _
4.5 x 108 3.9 x 108 4.0 x 107
2.0 x 108 1.8 x 108 2.0 x 107

_ - _
_
_ - -
1.2 x 1010
, . Garden
Beef Milk* Vegetable
Yield Yield Yield
(kg/yr) (H/yr) (kg/yr)

_ _ _
3.9 x 106 3.2 x 107 2.0 x 107
1.8 x 106 1.6 x 107

_ -
_
_
1.2 x 101(H+
        Assembled  using Colorado  River mainstream data.



        Assumes  10 percent  to be  contaminated by sprinkler  irrigation.



        ^Assumes  9C percent  of animal  feed  is for beef  cattle,  10 percent  is  for dairy  cows.



        Assumes  1  kg beef per 100 kg  feed.



        Assumes  80 i milk per 100 kg  feed.


        ++
          Assumes all crop yield is  for human Ingestion.



          Used one  "total" diversion for  the lower basin.



        Note:   Dashes indicate instances  where the information  was  not  used for calculational purposes

               and  consequently is not presented.

-------
                                                    TABLE C-22
VO
INFORMATION FOR RIVER MODEL "B"*
FOR REASONABLE
Distance
to
Diversion
(miles)
0

15
45
80
150

250

350

450
River
Flow
(cfs)
200

220
360
700
2,000

5,200

10,000

16,000
Dilution
Factor

1.0

1.1
1.8
3.5
9.9

26

50

81
Population
Drinking
Water
(persons)
^
3
4.3 x 10
7.0 x 103
1.8 x 104
1.3 x 105
s
3.3 x 10
5
6.3 x 10
6
1.1 x 10
POPULATION
Total
Crop
Yield
(kg/yr)
•K
5
2.0 x 10
3.2 x 105
8.4 x 105
6.0 x 106
7
1.5 x 10
7
2.9 x 10
7
4.8 x 10
DOSE CALCULATIONS
Beef
Feed
(kg/yr)
_
4
3.0 x 10
4.7 x 10*
1.2 x 105
8.6 x 105
6
2.2 x 10
6
4.2 x 10
6
6.9 x 10
Dairy
Cow
Feed
(kg/yr)
^
4
6.2 x 10*
9.8 x 10
2.5 x 105
1.8 x 10
f
4.6 x 10
g
8.7 x 10
7
1.4 x 10
Beef+
Yield
(kg/yr)

2
3.0 x 10
4.7 x 102
1.2 x 103
8.6 x 103
4
2.2 x 10
4
4.2 x 10
4
6.9 x 10
Milkt
Yield
U/yr)
_
A
5.0 x 10
7.8 x 104
2.0 x 10
1.4 x 106
ft
3.7 x 10
6
7.0 x 10
7
1.1 x 10
Garden
Vegetable
Yield
(kg/yr)
.
s
1.1 x 10
1.8 x 105
4.7 x 105
3.3 x 106
ft
8.6 x 10
7
1.6 x 10
7
2.7 x 10
       *Assembled using river in "GESMO" (NUREG-0002, Vol. 3).(52)

        Assumes 1 kg beef per 100 kg feed.

       ^Assumes 80 £ milk per 100 kg feed.

       Note:  Dashes indicate instances where the information was not used for  calculational
              purposes and consequently is not presented.

-------
C-5.2,3.4  Accumulation of Radionuclldes in Surface Soil
     Continual irrigation with contaminated water produces a long-term
buildup of contaminants in surface soil.  At the same time, contaminants
are continually removed by erosion, by uptake into plants, or by leaching below
the root zones of plants (effective removal from food chains).  There are
few data available to indicate the natural residence time of various elements
in tillable soils.  For this study, a soil exposure time of 100 years was
used to allow for reasonable buildup of radioactive contaminants through time.
For calculational purposes the midpoint of this time, 50 years, is used
as an average value for transfer coefficients from soil to plants.  This
is believed to be a conservative assumption, sincesit is unlikely that most
nuclides will accumulate without dispersion for that period of time.
C-5.2.4.   Exposure Routes^
     For the postulated "most likely" mechanisms for release of radio-
nuclides fromanHLW repository (i.e., leaching and transport by groundwater)
the "maximum" individual and population doses can be approximated without
detailed pathway modeling.  This results because, for most of the radionu-
elides, direct exposure routes lead to much higher radiation doses than
       V
do the indirect exposure routes.  The indirect routes, however, are the
more likely ones whereby man could be exposed to HLW radionuclides.
     One possible exception to the direct route being more important is
iodine-129  for which  the  radiation dose via the milk-to-human pathway can
be approximately 100  times greater (per unit of liquid ingested)  than the
dose from direct ingestion of the radioiodine in drinking water.  However,
such extreme  differences  between doses delivered by direct and indirect
pathways occur only with  the simultaneous existence of two or more rather
unlikely maximizing circumstances,   for example, in order to have an annual
intake  approximately  100  times greater than would be achieved by  direct
ingestion of  the contaminated water,  a child would have  to drink  nothing
but milk from cows whose  only source of feed was vegetation grown on land
totally Irrigated with contaminated  water at an irrigation rate of one meter/
                                  150

-------
year and with a  retention of radlolodine on  the edible portions of  the plant
of 25% of the total amount sprinkled.   In similar  fashion, a child  obtaining
all Its vegetable  food products  from land Irrigated with contaminated water
under the same circumstances as  described above would also receive  a radiation
dose approximately 100 times greater than that delivered by direct  Ingestion
of the contaminated water.  Such circumstances are not considered realistic
for purposes of  dose estimations.
     Models, assumptions, and data have been prepared or collected  by the
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) for the purpose of calculating
radiation doses  to individuals and populations.     This information was
evaluated and was determined to  be adequate, reasonable, and realistic for
the purposes of  this study.  Consequently the NRC  models, assumptions and
data have been utilized for dose calculations; these will be addressed
more explicitly  In the subsequent sections.
     The conversion factors for  the radiation dose to an Individual, per
unit of radioactivity ingested or inhaled, are based on the Oak Ridge
                                                     (53)
computer dose program INREM as described In  ORNL-5003     and as tabulated
in ORNL-4992/  ^  The dose conversion factors tabulated in ORNL-4992 are
50-year dose commitments to an individual at age 21.  These conditions are
felt to be a suitable approximation for an average population when  all
other uncertainties In the assumptions are considered.
     Generalized  environmental  transfer  and  bloaccumulation coefficients  for
a rather complete range of radionuclides have been used for environmental
modeling as shown in Table C-22  for River Model "B".'51'  These coeffi-
cients are appropriate for use where site-specific data are not available;
this certainly is the case for considerations relative to HLW repositories
In geologic formations.

C-5.2.4.1  "Maximum" Individual Eadiation Dose
     The "maximum" Individual dose is calculated on the assumption that
an Individual is present at the point ot maximum environmental concentra-
tion for a specified radlonuclide and at the point in time for which that
nuclide reaches the maximum concentration.   It Is assumed, however,  that
the individual Ingests the contaminated material at an estimated maximum
                                  151

-------
rate (730 liters per year) and is an individual of average age in the popu-
lation.  In this respect, the calculation should not be considered the "maxi-
mum conceivable individual dose" but is more appropriately thought of as a
"maximum dose to the typica^ individual."
     The "maximum" individual dose calculations are based on the assumption
that an individual would obtain all drinking water from a well penetrating the
contaminated aquifer at the point of highest concentration In the vicinity
of the waste repository (see Figures C-15 and C-16).  Thus, the maximum in-
dividual dose in this case is calculated by assuming that it results from
continuous consumption of water by a 21-year-old individual for a period of
one year, that the water is contaminated to the maximum level in the aquifer,
and that it produces a 50-year dose commitment during the lifetime
of the individual.  For purposes of Calculating a 50-year dose com-
mitment, an ingestion period of one year is considered to be the same as a
single instantaneous ingestion.  The location of the well in the aquifer
is assumed to be directly above the repository where the radionuclides in the
aquifer are at the maximum concentration following initial dilution.  The
times used for estimating the radionuclide concentrations in each scenario
are those that produce the maximum radionucllde dose commitments for fission
products and actinides, respectively.

C-5.2.4.2  "Maximum" Population Radiation Dose
     A "maximum" population dose Is closely related to the "maximum"
individual dose.   In most cases of release of radionuclides into the envi-
ronment, the assumed conditions of release generate certain limitations
to the total population radiation dose that can be delivered, at least by
direct exposure pathways.  Analogous to the "maximum" individual dose,
the "maximum" population dose is designed to represent an upper limit of
radiation dose to a population present at the time and location for which
the maximum impact might occur from a release of radionuclides from a
waste repository.  However,  the population density and the environmental
transfer coefficients are assumed to be approximately average for commun-
ities  that might be exposed, rather than the extremes that might produce
the "maximum conceivable" population dose.   In the case of a contaminated
water body such as an aquifer, a surface reservoir, or a surface stream,
                                   152

-------
the "maximum" population radiation dose is equal to the "maximum" individ-
ual radiation dose  (i.e., the radiation dose to an individual drinking a
maximum quantity  [730 £/yr] of the contaminated water exclusively) multi-
plied by the population (250 persons) that could be supplied by the water
body (see Figures C-15 and C-16), and reduced by a factor of two to allow
for a lower annual water intake  of 370 £/person.  The upper limit of popu-
lation that can be supplied by a particular water body was estimated on
the basis of current par-capita  domestic water consumption and the total
outflow volume of the hypothetical aquifer.

C-5.2.4.3  "Reasonable" Population Radiation Dose
     "Maximum" radiation doses to individuals and populations represent
upper bounds for the analysis of health consequences.  However, they do
not represent what might cautiously be called "most reasonable estimates"
of radiation doses that might be expected from a geologic HLW repository.
It is highly unlikely that any Individual or population group would be
present at precisely the point of maximum environmental concentration in
the event of release of radionuclides from a repository.  It seems more
realistic to postulate that populations would be exposed at some distance
from the repository and through  indirect pathways rather than by the most
direct pathways.  To develop such realistic population radiation dose
estimates for unspecified repository locations and indeterminate times
into the future, it has been necessary to make many simplifying assumptions.
     "Reasonable" population radiation doses are calculated on the basis
of the few radionuclides that actually reach the biosphere under the
assumed exposure mode, i.e., by discharge of a contaminated underground
aquifer into a surface stream.   These few critical radionuclides are
assumed to follow typical pathways and reach typical populations (based
on current societal and environmental conditions)  during the course of
their migration downstream toward the ocean.   The typical environmental
pathways are simplified, primarily to emphasize the fact that the cal-
culations should not be thought of as highly accurate but as subject to
some uncertainty.   Population distributions and densities, agricultural
practices, etc., are assumed to be those common in much of the United
                                  153

-------
States at present.  No reasons could be found for anticipating particular
population densities or agricultural practices at times in the distant
future,
     The "reasonable" population dose commitments for each scenario have
been calculated on the basis of the contaminated aquifer Intersecting a
surface stream one mile down-gradient from the repository.  Ingestion
pathways used in these calculations include!
     (1)  Direct ingestlon of contaminated river waterj
     (2)  Ingestlon of contaminated crops;
     (3)  Ingestlon of contaminated beef; and
     (4)  Ingestion of contaminated milk.
     These four pathways are Illustrated schematically in Figure C-17
and are applied to the two river models.
     The "reasonable" population dose commitment represents the 50-year
dose commitment to a population resulting from one year of intake via all
four pathways.  Although the population is different for each pathway,
the population dose commitment (person-rem)  can be added for different
pathways because of the assumed linear-nonthreshold dose relationship.
     In almost all cases for which "reasonable" population radiation
doses are calculated, as well as for some of the cases for which "maximum"
population radiation doses are estimated, it was noted that size of
population may not necessarily be of great importance when using the
assumed linear-nonthreshold   model.  In general, when local meteorological
or hydrological parameters are unknown, it could be assumed that radio-
nuclides released to the environment would be distributed and diluted in
approximate proportion to the area Involved; i.e., the environmental
concentration would be inversely proportional to the area over which the
material was spread.  On the other hand, lacking definite population dis-
tribution data, making an assumption of uniform population density would
imply that the affected population would increase in proportion to the
affected area.  Thus, if the transfer coefficients from environmental
media to human beings, remain constant, the total, population
radiation dose would tend to remain constant, regardless of the area
or the population over which a radioactive contaminant is spread.
While there are exceptions to this generalization, it is nevertheless

                                   154

-------
                Surfoce Stream
POTABLE
AQUIFER
REPOSITORY
STRATUM AND
INTERBEDS
 SCENARIO 1  - DIFFUSION
SCENARIO 2 - AQUEOUS FLOW
	  TRANSPORT
                                                LOCAL
                                                POPULATION
                             LIVESTOCK
                     Ingestion
    \
                   VEGETATION
                                    Ingestion
      SURFACE WATER
                                            LIVESTOCK
                                            Ingestion
                Seepage
   SUBSURFACE  WATER
                Migration
      RADIONUCLIDES
Source: D'Appolonia Consulting Engineers, Inc., for Arthur D, Little, Inc.


          FIGURE C-17  SCHEMATIC ILLUSTRATION OF "REASONABLE"
                   POPULATION DOSE (SCENARIOS 1 & 2)
                             155

-------
useful in arriving at upper bound population radiation doses without
specific data on population distributions.
     The population radiation dose  from  food crops  grown on land
contaminated with irrigation water  is  inherently  limited by a number
of  factors.  The total amount of land  that can be irrigated and, hence,
the total amount of crops that can  be  grown are limited by the volume
of  water available.  If the volume  of  water is increased, the concen-
tration of radionuclides in the water, and subsequently in crops, decreases
proportionately, and the transfer of radionuclides  to the total food chain
remains essentially constant  (the transfer coefficient from soil to
vegetation being assumed to remain  constant).  Thus, the total
distribution of radionuclides to the population via first-cycle food
chains is inherently limited.  The  upper bound population dose commit-
ment is obtained by assuming total  ingestion of the leafy vegetables
that can be grown regardless of the number of people consuming the foods.

G-5.2.4.4  Time Intervals for Dose  Commitment Calculations
     For the calculations of dose commitment, it  is necessary to make
some assumptions regarding duration of the exposure.  It could be
assumed, for instance, that future  generations will be unable to
detect and evaluate radioactive contaminants in water.  In that case,
exposures could go on indefinitely.  On  the other hand, it could be
assumed that, with continued expansion of human knowledge and technology,
the identification and elimination  of  environmental contaminants would
be  essentially assured.  Thus, for  any group of exposed peaple, the
duration of the exposure could range from days to a lifetime.
     The age at which an individual ingests a radioactive material
determines, in part, the dose commitment from that  intake.  Detailed
calculations of population radiation doses for assumed age distributions
and life expectancies are not warranted, as previously discussed.  Age
21  is the youngest age of intake that  could typically be considered
average for a large population and  still permit a lifetime dose
commitment of  50 years.  By using  the 50-year dose commitment
for an intake at age 21 for the entire population,  instead of an
                                 156

-------
 age-specific calculation for an assumed population,  a realistic estimate
 of the "reasonable" population radiation dose is attained.
      All dose commitments are normalized on the basis-of a  one-year intake
 of water or food products.   This duration of exposure is not  unreasonable
 and is also convenient  for changing to  other time periods if  so desired.
 Changes in  the duration of exposure will produce proportionate  changes  in
 the dose commitments.   However,  the conclusions in Section  5.4  would not
 be affected even if  the duration of exposure were changed by  one or two
 orders of magnitude,

 C-5.3  RESULTS OF BADIATION DOSE CALCULATIONS
 C-5.3.1   Introduction
      All dose calculations presented in the following sections are de-
veloped from the geologic transport conditions described in Section C-4.
 Since  the distribution of radionuclides in the biosphere is assumed to
be independent of the time or rate of release into a potable aquifer
 (except as  time affects the repository Inventory), any change in geologic
assumptions would result in calculated doses that would be changed only
by a linear scaling factor.
      For all of the postulated scenarios and pathways, only a few
radionuclides contribute essentially all of the potential radiation dose.
The results of the radiation dose calculations are present for those
times at which each of these "important" nuclides reaches a  maximum con-
centration in the aquifer.  However, the total radiation dose given for
the whole body and for each organ at each of these times includes not
only the radiation dose from the one "important" radionuclide that has
the maximum concentration at a particular time, but also radiation doses
from each of the other "important" radionuclides, whatever their concen-
trations at this time.

      The tabulations shown in the following pages reveal that the "impor-
tant" radionuclides from the standpoint of radiation dose commitment are
limited to strontium-90» iodine-129, radlum-226, neptunium-237,  and plu-
tonium-239 and -240, each of which has a maximum  contribution at a
different point in time.  Among the nuclides that were considered as
potentially Important, but were subsequently shown,to be of  relatively
minor significance (under the circumstances assumed for the purposes of

                                  157

-------
 this  study),  are  teehnetium-99,  cesium-137,  uranlura-236,  and  americlum-
 243,
 C-5.3.2  "Maximum" Individual Radiation- Dose
       The "maximum" radiation doses from various  radionuclides  that
 would be  delivered to  an individual who obtained  all drinking water
 (73Q£/year)  from  the aquifer directly above  a repository  are  shown in
 Tables C-23,  C-24, and C-25.   A  sample calculation  is Included  in
 Appendix  C-IV,
 C-5.3.2.1 Diffusion to a Potable  Aquifer (Scenario 1)
       For the Scenario 1 (diffusion)  case, the "maximum"  dose commit-
 ments are very small (Table  C-23).   The dose commitments  from fission
 products  were calculated at  300  years,  a time when  the  concentrations
 of  these  nuclides in the aquifer are assumed to be  at a maximum.
                                                    s
       Some of the actinide elements also contribute substantially  to
 the total dose commitment at 300 years.   The "maximum"  Individual  whole
                                           -9
 body  radiation dose at 300 years is 9 x 10   rem, consisting  principally
 of  almost equal contributions from stronium-90 and  plutonium-239 and
 -240.  The same three  radionuclides contribute most of  the bone dose,
                        _7
 calculated to be  4 x 10   rem.   The thyroid  dose  resulting from iodine-
                                 0
 129 at 300 years  would be 4  x 10   rem.
       After  30,000 years, the fission products would no longer  contri-
 bute  significantly to  the dose commitment of the whole  body or
 bone.  The thyroid dose commitment is maximum at  1,000  years, with a
                —5
 value of  6 x 10   rem, and  decreases with longer periods of  time, be-
 coming negligible with respect to  the other  dose  commitments  at 30,000
 years.  Scenario  1 indicates that  the concentration of  actinldes in the
 aquifer would increase continuously up to a  maximum at  approximately
 30,000 years.  At that time,  the "maximum" Individual whole body dose
 commitment  Is  calculated to be 60 rem,  contributed primarily  by
 Ra-226.   The  maximum bone dose commitment at that time  is calculated to
 be  100 rem,  primarily  from Ra-226  and Pu-239.
C-5.3.2.2  Flow to a Potable  Aquifer (Scenario 2)
    For Scenario  2,  understandably large values for the "maximum"  indiv-
 idual dose commitments are obtained (Table C-24).   At 300 years, the
 calculated "maximum" individual  dose commitment is  500  rem to the  whole

                                 158

-------
                                                      TABLE C-23
                                 F1FTY-YEAK POSE COmiTHEMT CALCULATED TOB THI CASE
                                  OF DIFFUSTOH IMfO * POTA8LB AQUIFER (5CEMAKIO 1)*
"Haxl.«im" Individual Dose'*'
  Tine • 300 years
      Whole Body (rero)
      Bone (reft)
      Thyroid (ren)
                                     Fiasion Product*
                                                                            BadiuB
                                                                                       Aetigld**
                               Sr-90   Te-99   1-129  Ca-137    ia-226  U-236  llp-237  fu-239   Fu-240  A»-24}
2x10
1x10
        mo'10 5xio-u2xio-10
        2x10
-10
                       4x10
               ,-10
                   0-8
2x10'
2x10'
                                                                    ,-10
                                                                    ,-10
                                        1x10
                                        4x10"
                                                    -9
                                 2x10
                                 9x10
                3x10
                1x10
     3x10
     5x10
                                                                ,-10
                                                                ,9
9x10
4x10"
                                                                                  4x10
  Time - 1,000 years
      Whole Body (rem)           -
      Bone (rem)                 -
      Thyroid (ram)
  Tine - 30,000 years
      Whole Body (reia)
      Bone (ren)
"Maxiaum" topulatiort Dole** t
  Tlae - 300 years
      Whole Body (person-r«a)  3x10'
      Bone (organ-rem)
      Thyroid (organ-ren)
  TiJM " 1,000 years
      Whole Body (person-rein)
      Bone (organ-rets)
      Thyroid (organ-rea)
                               1x10
                                       1*10
                                       4x10'
        ZxlO
        5x10'
                                               7x10
                                               6x10
                                                   -5
1x10    7x10
JatlO"8
        1x10
3x10
SxlO
                                                          ,-8
                                                          -8
                    -5
                9x10
                    .-6
                7x10
                    -3
                                 1x10
                                 1x10
                                                                6x10
                                                                6X101
                                 3x10
                                 2x10
                         ,-8
                         -8
                     2x10
                     2x10'
                                                                                3xlO"6  ixlO"6  8xlO"6
                                                                                SxlO
                                        "5
                                         IxlO"1 2x10°
                                                                                    "7
                                                                                        3x10
                                             1x10"
                                             SxlO1
2x10
4xlO"6  IxlO"5
                                                4x10
                                                        8x10
                                                            -4
                                                                 2xlO"1  2xlO"2
                                                                                                8x10
                                                                4xlO
 r7
n-5
                                                                1x10
                                                                    ,-3
               IxlO"2  3xlO"2  4xlO"2
                                                                                                        4xlO
                                           -1
                                                                 2x10    6x10
                                                                                                        9x10
                                                                                                        1x10
                                                 3x10
                                                 7ilO'
                                                 6.10
                                                                                                                      -5
                                                                                   6x10*
                                                 1x10
                                                 5x10*
                                                                                   1x10
                                                                          4x10
                                                                          8x10'
                                                                                  7x10
                                                                                      -3
       " 30,000 years
      Whole Body (person-reta)
      Bone (organ-rem)
"Reasonable" Population Doae***
  River Model "A"
  line » 1,000 years
      Thyroid (organ-tea)
  Tlae " 30,000 years
      Whole Body (per»on-rem)
  Time • 100,000 years
      Bone (organ-rea)
  8i»er Model "B"
  Time - 1,000 yeara
      Thyroid (organ-re*)
  fine » 30,000 years
      Klrele Body (person-ren)
  Time - 100,000 year*
      Bone (organ-res)
                8x10
                    -3
                SxlO
                                 8xlOJ
                                 SxlO3
                                 9x10
                                     ,-2
                                 3x10
                                     ,-2
                             9xlO~  9x10
                             IxlO1  2xl02
                                                3x10"
                                                6x10
                                                    -1
                       2x10
                       7xl03
                               3x10    3x10
                                                                1x10
                                                                        5x10
                                                                                                                 8x10
                                                                                                                 2*10*
                                                                                  8x10
                                                                                      ,-3
                                                                                  9x10
                                                                                  SxlO
                                                                                  6x10
                                                                                      -2
                                                                                  3x10
                                                                                      ,-2
   All results are  50-year individual or population dose comltmenti rt»ulting fro« one-year ingcation intaka.
 **
   Population coneist* of 250 people aervcd from a tingle water iource.
 •*«
   Population consists of 10,000 people icrved froB • single Hater source,
  +Due to rounding  of miclide values to (me significant figure after totaling, totals shown may not agree
   with tmclide valuea shows. •
           individual and upper Itait populatioc doses represent extreae conditions,
   Note:   Dashes are shown were nuclide dose valuea have • aaall or negligible contribution to the total
   dose cosaitaent.
                                                         159

-------
                                                     TABLE C-24
                                 DOSE COHHITKEHT CM.CTOATED FOR AqUEOUS TRANSPORT BY
                                      FLOW IHTO A fOTABLE AQUIFER. {SCEHMtlO 2)'
                                     fission Products
                                                                            Radium and Actlnidea
                               Sr-90   Tc-99   1-129  Cs-137    Ra-226  U-234  Hp-237  Pu-240  Pn-242  Aa-243
"Maximum" Individual Dose*
  Time • 300 years
      Whole Body (res)         4jsl02
                                   *
      Bone (re»)               2x10
      Thyroid (rem)              -
  Tine - 6,000 years
      Whole Body (rem)           -
      Bone (rem)
      Thyroid (re»)              -
"Maximum" Population Pose** t
  fine « 300 years
                                   4
      Whole Body (parson-rea)  6x10
      Bone (organ-ren)         3x10
      Thyroid (organ-rem)
  Time - 6,000 years
    •  Whole Body (person-rem)
      Bone (orgaa-rem)           -
      Thyroid (organ-rem)*        —
"Reasonable" Population Dose***
  River Model "A"
  fine " 500 years
      Thyroid {organ-rem)
  line " 6,000 years
      Whole Body (person-Tea)     -
  fine " 100,000 years
      Bone (organ-ren)
  River Model "B"
  Time *• 500 years
      Thyroid {organ-res)
  Time - 6,000 years
      Whole Body (persot>-r*»3     -
  fine » 100,000 years
      Bone (organ-ren)
3x10
8x10'
3x10
7X101
        1x10
        6x10
1x10
               4x10
               8xl03
        2x10
        7x10
        2x10'
        1x10
                         2x10
                         2x10'
                         3x10
                         3xl02
                         2x10
                         4x10
3x10
SxlO1
                                 1x10°  7xlO"X
                                 2X10   2X10
4x10
1x10*
                                 IxlQ
                         1x10"
                         4x10    2x10   2x10
                                        1x10
                                        2x10
9x10
4x102
4x10
3xl03
1x10
5x10*
                                                5x10
                                                2xl05
                4x10
                2X101
                                                            -1
                9x10
                IxlO1
                        4x10"
                                                                    -1
                5x10
                2xl03
                5x10
                7xl03
                                                                                                                 TOTAL
5x10
2x10*
                                                                          1x10
                          3x10
                          2xl03
                          6x10°
                          6*10
                          3x10*
                                                                          2x10
                          5x10
                          2xl05
                                                                          7x10
                                                                          2x10
                                                                          1x10
                                                                          1x10
                                                                          1x10
                                                                          2x10
                         4x10
                             -1
                                                                          4x10
                                                                              -1
   All results are 50-year Individual or population dose cosnrftiBents resulting Iron one-year Ingestloa intake.
 **
   Population consists of 250 people »erved from single water source.
   Population consists of 10,000 people served fron single water source,
  *Due to rounding of nucll.de values to one significant figure after totaling, totals shovn aay not
   agree with nuclide values shown.
  ^Maximum individual and upper limit population doses represent extreme conditions.
   Mote:  Dashes are shown where miclide dose values have a imall or negligible contribution to the
   total dose coaraitctent*
                                                       160

-------
                                                TABLE C-25
 I.   "Maximum" Individual Dose Commitment
     A.   Whole Body Dose (rem)
     B.   Bone Dose (rem)
     C.   Thyroid Dose (rem)

II.   "Maximum" Population** Dose Commitment
     A.   Whole Body Dose (person-rem)
     B.   Bone Dose (organ-rem)
     C.   Thyroid Dose (organ-rem)
SUMMARY OF TOTAL




MAXIMUM" INDIVIDUAL AND POPULATION
ITS FOR DIRECT INGESTION OF
CONTAMINATED
Scenario 1
Diffusion to Aquifer
300 Years
:ment
9 x 10
4 x 10~
4 x 10
nitment
» 1 x 10"
5 x 10
1 x 10
30,000 Years
6 x IO1
1 x IO2
(6 x 10~5)*
8 x IO3
2 x IO4
(7 x 10"3)*
AQUIFER
Aqueous
Scenario 2
Transport to
300 Years
5 x
2 x
1 x
6 x
3 x
2 x
io2
io4
io2
IO4
io6
io4
6,000
3 x
2 x
6 x
5 x
2 x
7 x
Aquifer
Years
io2
io3
10°
io4
io5
io2
 * These are values for 1,000 years, which decrease with increasing time.
 **Population consists of 250 people served from single source.
 + "Maximum" individual and population doses represent extreme conditions.

-------
body.  Strontium-90 would be the nucllde responsible for this high
whole-body radiation dose and also for the calculated 20,000 rem to the
bone.  The contributions from the actinlde elements at 300 years are
appreciable but still small compared with the dose commitments that
would be produced by the fission products.
      After 6,000 years of direct flow through the repository, the
actlnide elements would reach maximum concentrations in the aquifer above
the repository.  At this time, the "maximum" individual dose commitment
                                             4
would be 300 rem to the whole body and 2 x 10  rem to bone.  Under those
conditions, the major contributors to the calculated doses are Ra-226
for the whole body and Ra-226 and Pu-240 for bone.  The dose commitment
to the thyroid at 300 years is 100 rem, which then decreases continuously
with increasing time.
C-5.3.3  "Maximum" Population Radiation Dose
C-5.3.3.1  Direct Access to a Potable Aquifer
      The underground water flow rates developed in Section C-4 are
such that the maximum population that could be supplied by the contamin-
ated water in the aquifer above the repository would be about 250 people.*
The "maximum" population dose commitments were calculated, therefore, as
the product of the "maximum" individual dose commitments multiplied by
250, except that the value used for the individual dose is reduced by a
factor of two to allow for an assumed average individual water intake of
only 370 £/year.  These are the values shown in Tables C-23, C-24 and C-25.
A sample calculation is shown in Appendix C-IV.  If the aquifer volume
were larger, a larger population might be supplied, but the radionuclide
concentrations would be decreased proportionately.  Consequently, the
"maximum" population dose commitment is bounded by the assumptions of
initial transport of nuclides from the repository into the potable aquifer.
C-5.3.3.2  Diffusion to a Potable Aquifer (Scenario 1)
      For the diffusion case, (Table C-23) calculated population dose
commitments are extremely small at 300 years, i.e., 1 x 10   person-rem
 *The  assumption  of  250  people  supported by  this  aquifer  is based on a
 water  flow rate of  1.44 x  10  £/day  (Section  C-4.4.3.2) and an individ-
 ual  water  intake rate  of 370  £/year.
                                  162

-------
 to  the whole  body;  5 x  10   organ-rera  to bone; and  1 x  10    organ-rem
 to  the thyroid.  After  30,000 years, when  the actinldes have reached
 maximum  concentrations,  the whole-body population dose  commitment would
 be  8 x 10  person-rem, mainly due  to Ra-226, and  the population dose com-
                               4
 mitment  to bone would be 2 x 10   organ-rem, mainly due to Ra-226, Pu-239,
 and -240.  The dose commitment to the  thyroid at 300 years would be
      _5                            _3       .  "
 1 x 10   organ-rem, rising to 7 x 10   organ-rem at 1000 years and de-
 creasing thereafter to become negligible with respect to the other dose
 commitments.
 C-5.3.3.3  Flow to  a Potable Aquifer (Scenario 2)
     For the  flow case, the "maximum"  population dose commitments are on
 the order of  tens of thousands of person-rem or organ-rem per year of
 intake.  The  largest calculated value  is 3 x 10  organ-rem to bone at
 300 years,  entirely due to strontium-90.  The bone  dose commitment at
 6000  years  was calculated to be  2 x 10  organ-rem, primarily from plu-
 tonium-240, amerlcium-243, and some radlum-226.
     It is not the  purpose of this task to go beyond dose calculations
 and project health  effects.  It should be emphasized, however, that any
 translation of "maximum" individual or population dose commitments to
 actual health effects based on the BEIR report's prediction  of effects
 of  low levels of radiation on large populations'-^"'  are  inappropriate.
 The maximum doses calculated for  Scenario 2 are such that, if those con-
 ditions occurred, the health effects would be acute rather than long
 term.  Furthermore, the size of the population would be too  small to
 justify the use of  large-population statistics.  Instead of multiplying
 the total number of person-rem or organ-rem by the risk factors indicated
 in  the BEIR report, it would be more realistic to conclude that,  at
 these concentrations, Intake by 250 people over a period of a few years
would result in 250 fatalities.
     Under the "worst case" conditions assumed in Scenario 2, "normal"
adsorption was assumed in the aquifer,  but none in the repository and
 the communicating channels to the aquifer.  If "normal" adsorption were
 to be assumed in either or both of the latter two regions,  then the
                                  163

-------
dose commitments to these 250 people would be reduced substantially,
and any Impact on them would probably be a long term, rather than acute,
one.
C-5.3.4 "Reasonable"PopulationBpse
     On the basis of the assumptions stated earlier, i.e., discharge of
the contaminated aquifer into one of two river models at a distance of
one mile down gradient from the repository, and for the postulated con-
dition in which the only movement of radionuclides is by aqueous diffu-
sion (Scenario 1), the calculated population dose commitments are in the
               -3
range of 8 x 10   organ-rem to the thyroid after  1000  years to 3 per-
son-rem to the total body after 30,000 years.  These values are shown
in the lower half of Table C-23 and In Table C-26.  Sample calculations
for the four pathways considered are included in Appendix C-V.
     For the postulated flow case (Scenario 2), the calculated popula-
tion dose commitments are approximately three orders of magnitude higher
than for Scenario 1.  (Note, however, that the differences between popu-
lation dose commitments calculated for Scenarios 1 and 2 are not as
great for the "reasonable" population dose commitments as they are for
the "maximum" population dose commitments.)  The population dose com-
                                                  4
mitments to the thyroid are estimated to be 2 x 10  organ-rem after 500
years for River Model "A," and 1000  organ-rem after 500 years for River
Model "B," as shown in the lower half of Table C-24 and in Table C-26.
Although not shown in the tables, the population dose commitments from
iodine-129 would remain constant over the times shown for other nuclides:
6000,  30,000,  or 100,000  years.  The whole-body population dose commit-
ments for either of the river models reach a maximum at approximately
6000  years and are attributable to neptunium-237.  The maximum popula-
tion bone dose commitments are calculated to result from radium-226,
which does not reach Its maximum by ingrowth from uranium and thorium
until at least 100,000 years.
     The total population dose commitments from all pathways are con-
sistently lower for River Model "B" than for River Model "A" (Tables
C-23 and C-24),  The contributions to population dose by individual
                                   164

-------
                                              TABLE C-26
River Model "A"
  Direct Ingestion
  Ingestion of Crops
  Ingestion of Beef
  Ingestion of Milk
Total:  All Pathways

River Model "B"
  Direct Ingestion
  Ingestion of Crops
  Ingestion of Beef
  Ingestion of Milk
Tqtal:  All Pathways
SUMMARY OF
REASONABLE POPULATION DOSE COMMITMENTS
BY SIGNIFICANT RADIONUCLIDES AND PATHWAYS
Scenario 1
129
x"l*
(1,000 y)
3 x 10~
8 x 10~3
8 x 10~
1 x 10"
8 x 10
5 x 10~
1 x 10"
2 x 10"8
7 x 10~
237M .
Np+
(30,000 y)
4 x
3 x
3 x
6 x
3 x
6 x
4 x
1 x
6 x
io-1
10°
io-4
10"5
10°
io-1
io"3
10"6
io-6
Ra+
(100,000 y)
2 x
6 x
2 x
4 x
9 x
3 x
1 x
9 x
4 x
io-2
io-2
io-3
io-3
io-2
io-2
io-4
io-6
io-4
129
-""^I*
(500 y)
6 x
2 x
2 x
3 x
2 x
1 x
3 x
4 x
2 x
IO2
io4
io1
io2
io4
IO3
io1
io"2
io1
Scenario 2
237M .
Np+
(6,000 y)
1 x IO1
9 x IO1
1 x 10"
2 x 10~3
1 x IO2
2 x IO1
2 x 10
5 x 10"5
2 x 10~


226i> ±
Ra+
(100,000 y)
3 x
9 x
3 x
5 x
1 x
4 x
2 x
1 x
6 x
io-1
io-1
io"2
io-2
10°
lO'1
io-3
io-4
io-3
5 x 10
      -4
6 x 10
      -1
3 x 10
      -2
1 x 10-
2 x 10
4 x 10
                              -1
*Thyroid dose commitment (organ-rem).
-Whole body dose commitment (person-rem).
TBone dose commitment (organ-rem).

-------
pathways, however, are in some cases larger for River Model "B" than
for River Model "A" (Table C-26).  For River Model "A," the population
dose commitments are dominated by the ingestion of crops; for River
Model "B," direct ingestion of water contributes essentially all of the
population dose commitment.   All of these "reasonable" calculated dose
commitments are actually unrealistically high because they assume that
drinking water is not pretreated and that vegetables are neither washed
nor cooked.  The differences between the relative dose contributions
from direct ingestion of water and from ingestion of crops are also
greatly influenced by the assumptions that are made concerning the use
of the river water.  In both cases, however, the more indirect pathways
(meat and milk consumption) do not contribute significantly to the cal-
culated dose commitment.

C-5.4   EVALUATION OF DOSE-TO-MAN CONSIDERATIONS
     Besides the specific calculations for the various radiation dose
categories presented in the preceding sections, other evaluations are
made in the following sections to bring the overall scope of the radio-
active waste problem into focus.  For example, 1-129, because of its very
long half-life, should be considered beyond its Initial entry into the
biosphere.  An ultimate limit to the population dose from 1-129 would be
achieved only if it were all diluted by the stable iodine present in
some fraction of the oceans' volume.
     Naturally-occurring radium provides some clues as to the antici-
pated behavior of actinides in the biosphere.  Little radium reaches the
biosphere and average radiation doses to humans from radium are extremely
small in spite of the large amounts in soils and rocks.
     Comparison of the impact of the "most likely" leakage from an HLW
repository with that calculated for sources of natural radioactivity
indicates a very small impact from the waste in comparison with that
from natural sources.

C-5.4.1   Worldwide Impact of Iodine-129
     Of the fission products contained in HLW, the one that seems most
likely to reach the biosphere as a result of leaching by groundwater is
1-129.  This conclusion is based on the long half-life of 1-129 (17 million
years) and the relatively high mobility of iodine (compared with the few
other long-lived fission products) in groundwater.  The 50-year dose
                                  166

-------
 commitment  to  the  first generation exposed has been estimated by assuming
 typical  transfer coefficients  to a population located  in  the vicinity
 of  the  release point.
     The question  of ultimate  population dose commitment  is also of
 interesti   This concept has been called the "environmental dose commit-
 ment,"      although the dose referred  to Is to human populations and  not
 the  "environment." The ultimate population dose commitment can be de-
 fined as the sum of the doses  to all individuals at all future times  that
 will result from a specified release of radioactivity  to  the environment.
 Although extremely easy to define conceptually, this dose commitment  Is
 impossible  to  calculate meaningfully.  The only quantitative data
 available for  the  calculation  are the  physical decay rates for each
 radlonuclide and the abundances and relative distributions of stable
 elements In the biosphere.
     The uncertainties involved in making estimates of future population
 distributions, agricultural practices, etc., have been discussed in
Section C-5.1.3,  Even if one assumes that human populations and the
 general biosphere  will be the  same at  all future times as they are now,
 calculations of ultimate dose  commitments are limited by  a lack of data
 on environmental dispersion rates.  The population dose rate at any time
 depends only on the total amount of radioactivity In human beings at
 that time and  not  on the number of people actually exposed or in the
 total population.  (This assumes that  age-dependent dose  factors are
 averaged over  sufficiently large populations and are always in the same
 proportions.)   Calculations of ultimate dose commitments, therefore,
 involve  the estimation of the  fraction of released radioactivity that
 will be  available  to, or actually in,  human beings at  any future time.
     The ultimate  limit on population  doses from 1-129 released to
 the  biosphere  would most likely be due to the ultimate dilution by stable
 iodine in the  earth's crust and in the oceans.  The mobility of iodine
 in water is Indicated by the fact that the iodine is more easily leached
 and  transported underground than other nuclides.  The  same relative
 mobility could be  assumed in surface waters, indicating that most of  the
 iodine would eventually flow into the  oceans.  The average concentration
 of stable iodine in the oceans Is 0.06 ppm (g/m ).     The total area
 of the oceans  is 361 x 10  km       and, if one assumes a mixing depth
 of 0.1 km,  the total volume available  for mixing would be 36 x 10  km .
 At a mean concentration of 0,06 g/m ,  this top 0.1-km  layer of the

                                    167

-------
oceans' surfaces would contain approximately 2 x 10   g of stable iodine.
                        8
This is approximately 10  times more than the total amount of 1-129 pro-
jected to be contained in geologic repositories (Table C-9) as a result
of nuclear power generation. Instead of the intrinsic specific
activity of 1.8 x 10  pCi/g, the effective specific activity of 1-129
would be reduced by roughly eight orders of magnitude to 2 pCi/g.  With
a normal annual iodine intake of about 0.07 g (200 yg/day), the total
annual intake would be approximately 0.14 pCi.
     The average individual thyroid dose from 1-129  (if it returned to
human beings after uniform dilution by the stable iodine  in the  ocean)
would be 1 x 10   rem/year or about 5 x 10   rem in  50 years.  For a
world population of 4 billion, the population dose commitment would be
            3                         5
about 4 x 10  organ-rem/year or 2 x 10  organ-rein in 50 years.   The 1-129
could be assumed to be diluted into a smaller volume of seawater (e.g., the
top 0.1 km over only 1% of the earth's ocean surfaces).   Under such an
assumption, the average thyroid dose commitment to an individual could
be larger, but the population exposed would be proportionately smaller,
so the total population dose commitment calculated under  such assumptions
would not be greatly different from the previous calculation.
     As pointed out in an Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)  report on
the concept of environmental dose commitment, no data are available
from which to base projections of redistribution of elements in  the
biosphere over extended periods of time.   '  All calculations contained
in this report are based on assumptions considered to be  conservative
with respect to the biosphere as it exists today, and the estimated
dose commitments are believed to be upper limits for any reasonable
assumptions of redistribution.  All calculations are made for the most
direct pathways to achieve maximum exposures and hence dose commitments
for any time after release of material from the repository.
C-5.4.2  Comparison with Natural Background Radiation
      If radioactive wastes from a geologic repository are
contacted and leached by underground water, the subsequent transfer to
the biosphere and to human beings may be assumed to be similar to that of
naturally-occurring radionuclides.  Radium is ubiquitous  in the  earth's
crust and occurs with a wide range of concentrations in many surface
streams-      Uranium ore of commercial grade typically contains
radium at concentrations of hundreds of pCi/g, often  in contact with
groundwater.  Sedimentary rock and many surface soils contain radium
concentrations in the range of 0.1 to at least 1 pCi/g.

-------
      Radium Is  less mobile  in the  biosphere than  many  lighter elements,
 including most  fission  products, but  is  considerably more mobile than
 most  of  the actinide  elements that comprise the major  portion of the
 very  long-lived materials in  radioactive wastes.   Environmental  transfer
 data  for the radionuclides  of greatest significance  are  listed in
fable C-20.  The  fact that the  values for  the actitiides  (represented by
 neptunium-237)  are generally  smaller  than  those for  radium indicates
 the lesser  mobility of  these  nuclldes in environmental media.  Further-
 more,  the fractional uptake  of the  actinides from  the human gastro-
 intestinal  tract to blood is  estimated by  the International Commission
 on Radiological Protection  to be 3 x  10  ,  compared  with 0.3  for
radium.      In this respect, the behavior of radium in the biosphere
constitutes a very conservative basis for comparison of the projected  radiation
doses that would result from environmental contamination by actinides.
     The extent to which radium in the environment is transferred to
people is indicated by data contained in a recent report of the National
Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements.      The mean dietary
intake of radium from foods and drinking water is estimated to be 1.4
pCi/day.  The mean skeletal content, based on analysis of bone ash, is
                    —3
approximately 5 x 10   pCi/g of bone.  The same report provides an
absorbed dose conversion factor of 200 mrad yr.  /pCl g   in bone.
If a conservative value for the quality factor is assumed to be 10 for
radium and its decay products, the dose-equivalent conversion factor
becomes 2 rem yr.  /pCi g   for bone.  Thus the mean skeletal dose
equivalent to individuals in the United States is estimated to be:
      — 1                  —1      —1                     —2
5 x 10   pCi/g x 2 rem yr.  /pCl g   , or approximately 10   rem/ year.
For approximately 200 million persons, the population bone dose equiva-
                            f                    Q
lent is approximately 2 x 10  organ-rem/yr . or 10  organ-rem for 50
years.
     For the postulated transport of waste materials from a repository
by flow (Scenario 2) , the maximum population 50-year dose commitment to
bone was calculated to be 3 x 10  organ-rem for an intake of one year
(Table C-24).  For a 50-year Intake, the bone dose commitment amounts to
        Q
1.5 x 10  organ-rem, a value comparable to that from radium in the
natural environment.  This calculation, of course, represents a "worst
case" in that it involves the direct consumption of water that has
flowed directly through the waste repository into the aquifer and has
subsequently undergone a minimum loss of radionuclides by dilution or
adsorption.
                                   169

-------
     The total radiation dose to bone from natural sources of radiation
Includes external sources (cosmic and terrestrial) in addition to the
internal deposition of radium and other radionuclides.  The total radia-
tion bone dose from natural sources is comparable to the whole-body
radiation dose and is on the order of 0.1 rem/yr. to average individuals
in the United States population.      The total population dose commitment
to bone for 200 million people is, then, approximately 2 x 10  organ-
              o
rem/yr. and 10  organ-rem/50 years.
     As Indicated in previous sections of this report, the quantities
of actinldes that could be expected to reach the biosphere under any
reasonable scenario for leaching by groundwater", would be orders of
magnitude smaller than the activity of radium in the biosphere, even in
the immediate vicinity of a geologic waste ^repository.  Although it is
possible to hypothesize extreme scenarios for which actinides (as well as
fission products) could reach the biosphere in relatively high concentra-
tions, the number of people who might be exposed to such concentrations would
be small.  The largest population dose commitment to the whole body, cal-
                                              4
culated for Scenario 2 at 300 years, is 6 x 10  person-rem for a 1-year
intake.  This number is equivalent to 0.3% of the annual population
dose commitment from natural radiation sources.  For all other expected
times or modes of release of radionuclides from a repository, (i.e.-,
transport by flow at other times or diffusion at any time) the upper-limit
population dose commitments are smaller.  Hence, the 50-year dose commit-
ments calculated for "reasonable scenarios," i.e., by contaminated surface
water and irrigated food pathways, are negligible in comparison with radia-
tion doses from natural sources.
C-5.4.3  Comparison With Radlum-226 Currently Present in the Colorado River
     A useful perspective is obtained by comparing the Ra-226 population
dose commitment calculated for Ra-226 concentrations presently occurring
in the Colorado River with that obtained for Ra-226 using Scenario 2
(aqueous flow) and River Model "A".  To make this comparison, actual
Ra-226 concentrations in the Colorado River were used as input parameters
to River Model "A".  Dose commitments for Ra-226 for Scenario 2 using
River Model "A" were calculated as presented in Section 5.2.3.2.
                                  170

-------
     Table C-27 Indicates the results of calculations that compare the
Colorado River with Scenario 2, River Model "A".  The total dose commit-
                                                        4
tnent from all pathways from the Colorado River is 5 x 10  organ-rein,
while the dose commitment from Scenario 2, River Model "A" is 1 organ-reni.
According to this calculation, the Colorado River now contributes 10,000
times more radiation dose to the present population than would an HL¥
repository at the time of maximum concentration of Ra-226 in the biosphere
to a population existing in the same location 100,000 years following
waste emplacement.
     The dose commitments calculated for the Colorado River are conser-
vative because they do not account for radium removal during water treat-
ment to remove hardness, which typically occurs before municipal utiliza-
tion of this water.  Nevertheless, the projected radiation doses from the
proposed HLW release are still quite small compared with those arising
from the Colorado River now.
                                   171

-------
                                              TABLE C-27
                                 COMPARISON OF "REASONABLE" POPULATION
                                50-YEAR DOSE COMMITMENTS FORRa^-226 FROM
                              SCENARIO 2 ANDRa-226 IN THE COLORADO RIVER
       Exposure Pathway

       Direct Ingestion

       Ingestion of Crops

       Ingestion of Beef

       Ingestion of Milk
                                                       Ra-^226 Dose Commitment*
Colorado River
 (organ rem)

    2 x 104

    3 x 104

    2 x 102

    5 x 102
   Scenario 2
River Model "A"+
  (organ rem)
     3 x 10
           -1
     9 x 10
           -1
     3 x 10
           -2
     5 x 10
           -2
       Total:  All Pathways
    5 x 10
     1 x 10
*Radium dose commitments for the Colorado River are based on actual radium concentrations  in  the
 Colorado River at the present time used as input to River Model "A".

+Results for River Model "A" are the same as presented in Table C-26 for Scenario 2; the time period
 is 100,000 years following waste emplacement.

-------
                         REFERENCES  CITED
 1   Liebennan, J. A,, W. A, Rodger and F. P, Baranowski.  High-Level
     Waste Management.  Testimony prepared for:  The Nuclear Industry
     and California Electric Utilities, State of California, March 1977.
     149 pp.

 2   Davis, S. N. and R. J. M. De Wiest.  Hydrogeology.  John Wiley &
     Sons, Inc., New York, 1967.  463 pp.

 3   Hook, E. and J. Bray.  Rock Slope Engineering, Union Brothers, Ltd.,
     England, 1974.

 4   Schroeder, M. C. and A. R. Jennings.  Laboratory Studies of the
     Radioactive Contamination of Aquifers, UCRL-13074, University of
     California Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore, California,
     1963.  54 pp.

 5   Schneider, K. J. and A. M. Platt (Eds.)-  High-Level Waste Manage-
     ment Alternatives, Battelle Pacific Northwest Laboratories, Richland,
     Washington, BNWL-1900, May 1974.

 6   Denham, D. H.*, D. A. Baker, J. K. Soldat and J. P. Carley.  Radio-
     logical Evaluations for Advanced Waste Management Studies, Battelle
     Pacific Northwest Laboratories, Richland, Washington, BNWL-1764,
     1973.

 7   Hamstra, J. and B. Verkeck.  Review of Dutch Geologic Waste Disposal
     Programmes, International Conference on Nuclear Power and its Fuel
     Cycle, Salzburg, Austria, 2-13 May 1977.  IAEA-CN36/289, Netherlands
     Energy Research Foundation ECN Patten, the Netherlands, 1977.  12 pp.

 8   Krauskopf, K. B.  Introduction to Geochemistry, McGraw-Hill, New York,
     1967. 721 pp.

 9   Butler, J. N.  Ionic Equilibrium, A Mathematical Approach, Addlson-
     Wesley Publishing Company, Inc., Reading, Massachusetts, 1964.
     547 pp.

10   Garrels, R. M. and C. L. Christ.  Solutions, Minerals, and Equilibria,
     Harper and Row, New York, 1965.  450 pp.

11   Report of An Ad Hoc Panel of.Earth Scientists. State of Knowledge
     Regarding Potential Transport  of High-Level Radioactive Waste frop
     Deep Continental Repositories.   EPA/520/4-78-004,  1978.

12   Roedder, E., and H.D. Belkin.   Fluids Present During the Diagenetic
     History of the Salado  Formation, Delaware Basin,  Southeastern
     New Mexico,.  As Recorded by Fluid Inclusions.   Abstracts of Midwest
     American Geophysical Union Meetings,  1977.
                                 173

-------
13  Bredehoft, J.D. et al.  Geologic Disposal of High-Level Radioactive
    Waste - Earth Science Perspectives, Draft U.S. Geological Survey
    Circular, 1978.

14  Ekren, E.B. et al.  Geologic and Hydrologic Considerations for
    Various Concepts of High-Level Radioactive Waste Disposal in Con-
    terminous United States.  Open-File Report 74-158, U.S. Department
    of Interior Geological Survey, Richland, Washington, 1974.

15  Runkorn, S.K. (Ed.). Continental Drift.  Academic Press, 1962.

16  Wilson, J.T.  Continental Drift.  Scientific American, April 1963.

17  Vine, F.J.  Spreading of the Ocean Floor: New Evidence, Science,
    154, 1405-1415, 1966.

18  Dewey, J.F.  Plate Tectonics.  Scientific American, May 1972.

19  Bird, J.M. and B. Isacks (Eds.).  Plate Tectonics.  American
    Geophysical Union, Washington, D.C., 1972,  951 pp.

20  Wegener, A.  The Origin of Continents and Oceans, 4th ed.,
    Dover, New York, 1966.  246 pp.

21  DuToit, A.L,  Our Wandering Continents: An Hypothesis of Continental
    Drifting. Hafner Publishing Co., Inc. 1937.

22  Hess, H.H.  The Oceanic Crust.  J. Marine Research, 14, 423-439,
    1955.

23  Vine, F.J. and D.H. Matthews. Magnetic Anomolies Over Ocean Ridges,
    Nature, 199, 947-949, 1963.

24  Williams, H.  Volcanoes. Scientific American, November 1955.

25  Gussow, W.C.  Salt Diaplrism:  Importance of Temperature, and
    Energy Source of Emplacement. In: Diaplrism and Diapirs: A Sym-
    posium. J. Braunstein and G.D. O'Brien (Eds.).  The American
    Association of Petroleum Geologists, Tulsa, Oklahoma, 1968.
26  Fenneman, N.M.  Physiography of Western United States. McGraw-Hill
    Book Company, New York, 1931.  534 pp.

27  Leet, L.D. and S. Judson.  Physical Geology, 3rd ed.   Prentice-
    Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1965.  406 pp.

28  Gary, M., R. McAfee and C.L. Wolf, (Eds.) Glossary of Geology.
    American Geological Institute, Washington, D.C., 1974. 805 pp.
                                  174

-------
 29   Atlantic Richfield Hanford Company,  Preliminary Feasibility Study
      on Storage of Radioactive Wastes in  Columbia River Basalts.
      Research and Engineering  Division, Richland,  Washington,
      ARH-ST-137,  UC-11,  UC-70,  November 1976.

 30   Mendel,  J.  E.   A Review of Leaching  Test  Methods and  the  Leachability
      of Various  Solid Media  Containing Radioactive Wastes.   BNWL 1765,
      July  1973.

 31   Zagar, L.,  and A.  Schillmoeller.  The Physical and Chemical Processes
      Involved In  the Leaching  of Glass Surfaces  by Water.   Glastech.  Ber,  33
      1964.

 32   Griffing, D.  1.   Progress  Report  on  the Development of Models for the
      Description  of Radionuclide Transport in  Solids.   ARH-SA-190 REV, 1974.

 33   Merritt, W.  F.   High Level Waste  Glassr   Field Leach  Test.   Nuclear
      Tech. 32, January 1977.

 34   Godbee,  H. W.,  and  D. S.  Joy.   Assessment of  the Loss of  Radioactive
      Isotopes  from Waste Solids to  the Environment - Part  I:  Background
      and Theory.   ORNL-TM-4333, 1974.

 35   Logan, S. M.   Draft Report on  Implementation  of a Technology Assess-
      ment  for Radioactive Waste Management.  Environmental Protection Agency
      Report on Contract  #68-01-3256, August 1976.

 36   International Assessment  of Groundwater Modeling as rfn Aid  to Water
      Resource Management, Holcomb Research Institute,  Butler University,
      Indianapolis,  Indiana;  sponsored  by  the Environmental Protection
      Agency.  Report in  preparation.

 37    deMarslly, G.,  1. Ledous,  A. Barbreau, J. Margot.   Nuclear  Waste
      Disposal:  Can the  Geologist Guarantee Isolation?   Science  197. ,
      August 1977.

 38    Lester,  D. H., G.  Jansen,  and  H.  C.  Burkholder.  Migration  of
      Radionuclide  Chains Through an Adsorbing Medium.   AlChE Symposium
      Series 1,52 Adsorption and  Ion Exchange, 1975.   71.

 39    Duguid,  J.  0.  and M. Reeves.   Material  Transport Through Porous
      Media;   A Finite-Element,,Galerkin Model.  Oak Ridge National Labora-
      ory,  Oak Ridge Tennessee,   ORNL 4928, 1976,

40    Risk Methodology for Geologic Disposal of Radioactive Waste:   The
      Sandla Waste  Isolation Flow and Transport (SWIFT)  Model.  Sandia
      Laboratories,  Albuquerque,  New Mexico.  SAND-78-1267J  NUREG/CR-0424.
      October, 1978.

41   Summary Review of Movement of Fluids In Largely Impermeable Rocks,
     P. A.  Witherspoon (Ed,), January 1977.
                                  175

-------
 42   Ames,  L. L.   and D. Ral,   Radionuclide  Interactions With  Soil  and
     Rock Media.   Battelle Pacific  Northwest Laboratories,  Richland,
     Washington.   EPA 520/6-78-007:JU • August,  1978.

 43   Ames,  L.L., Bhanpat Rai, and  R.J.Serne.  A Review of  Actinide Sediment
     Reactions With Annotated Bibliography,  BNWL-1983. February 1976.

 44   Meites, L.  (Ed.). Handbook  of Analytical Chemistry.  McGraw-Hill,
     New York.  1963.

 45   Scott, R. C.  and F. B. Barker.  Data on Uranium and Radium in
     Ground Water  in the United States 1954-1957.  U.S. Geological
     Survey Paper  No. 426.  1962.

46   U.S.  Nuclear Regulatory ConmissLon.  Environmental Survey of the
     Reprocessing and Waste Management Portions of the LWR Fuel Cycle.
     NUREG-0116, Washington,  B.C., 1976.

47   Gera, F.  Geocheraical Behavior of Long-Lived Radioactive Wastes.
     Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee, ORNL-TM-4481,
     1975.

48   Cohen, B. L. High-Level Radioactive Waste from Light Water Reactors,
     Rev.  Mod. Phys. 49:1-19, January, 1977.

49   Hoffman,  F. 0., et al.  A Compilation of Documental Computer Codes
     Applicable to Environmental Assessment  of Radioactivity Release.
     Environmental Sciences Division, Oak Ridge National laboratory, Oak
     Ridge, Tennessee,  ORNL-TM-5830, 1977.


50   National Academy of Sciences.  Biological Effects of Ionizing Radia-
     tion, Advisory Committee on (BEIR).  The Effects on Populations of
     Exposure to Low Levels of Ionizing Radiation, National Research
     Council,  Washington, D.C., 1972.

51   U.S. Nuclear  Regulatory Commission.  Regulatory Guide  1.109, Calcula-
     tion of Annual Doses to Man from Routine Releases of Reactor Effluents
     for the Purpose of Evaluating Compliance with 10 CFR Part 50,
     Appendix I.,  Washington, D.C., 1976.

52   U.S. Nuclear  Regulatory Commission.  Final Generic Environmental
     Statement on  the Use of Recycle Plutonium in Mixed Oxide Fuel  in
     Light Water Cooled Reactors ("GESMO") Health, Safety and Environment,
     Office of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards, Washington, B.C.,
     NUREG-002, 3, 1976.
                                    176

-------
53   Klllough,  G.  G.,  P.  S.  Rohwen  and ¥.  D.  Turner.   INREM -  A Fortran
     Code Which Implements  ICRP  2 Models of  Internal  Radiation Dose to
     Man.   Oak  Ridge National  Laboratory,  Oak Ridge,  Tennessee,
     ORNL-5QQ3, 1975.

54   Killough,  G.  G. and  L.  R. McKay  (compilers).  A  Methodology for
     Calculating Radiation  Doses from Radioactivity Released to the
     Environment.  Oak Ridge National Laboratory,  Oak Ridge, Tennessee,
     ORNL-4992, 1976.

55   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Environmental Radiation Dose
     Commitment:   An Application to the Nuclear Power Industry.   Office
     of Radiation  Programs,  Criteria  and Standards Division, Washington,
     D.C.,  EPA-520/4-73-002, 1974.

56   Weast, R.  C.  (Ed.),  Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 57th ed.
     Chemical Rubber Company Press, Cleveland, Ohio,  1976.

57   National Council on Radiation Protection.  Natural Background Radia-
     tion in the United States, NCRP Report No. 45, National Council on
     Radiation Protection and Measurements, Washington, D.C., 1975.

58   International Commission on Radiological Protection.  Report of
     Committee II on Permissible Dose for Internal Radiation, Health
     Physics,  3, 1960,  ICRP Publ, No.  2,  Pergamon Press, New York, 1959.
                                  177

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                             APPENDIX  C-I
                               GLOSSARY
Actinides;  A series of elements  in  the periodic table, beginning with
   actinium  (element No.  89) and  continuing  through  lawrencium (element
   No. 103).  The series  includes uranium  (element No. 92) and all of
   the man-made transuranium elements.  All  are radioactive.

Aquifer;  Rock or soil strata containing water that  reaches the ground
   surface in any natural or man-made manner.

Argillaceous:  Referring  specifically to argillite,  a rock formed from
   clays, mud, and silt,  but more compacted  and solidified than shale
   or mudstone.  Although the distinction between shale and argillite
   is imprecise, it is used here to  imply that the rock has sufficient
   strength and rigidity  to be mined, and that it has not been meta-
   morphosed into slate,  which has a platy cleavage.

Background radiation;  The radiation in man's natural environment,
   including cosmic rays  and radiation from  the naturally radioactive
   elements, both outside and inside the bodies of men and animals.
   It is also called natural radiation.

Basalt:  A hard, dense, dark fine-grained igneous rock.

Bedded salt;  Salt occurring in strata, commonly Interspersed with
   layers of shale or limestone.

Biosphere;  Zone at and adjacent to  the earth's surface where all
   life exists.

Brecciapipe;  A geologic formation  composed of broken rock, breccia,
   filling a vertical cylindrical hole, or pipe.  Such structures have
   also been identified as Collapse  Structures, Pseudo-Karst Formations
   and Dry Sinkholes.  Their development is assumed  to require  the dis-
   solution of underlying rock by circulating groundwater, and  collapse
   of the rock above into the cavity thus formed.

Curie:   The basic unit to describe the intensity of  radioactivity in a
   material.   The curie is equal to  37 billion disintegrations per second,
   which is approximately the rate of decay of 1 gram of radium.  A curie
   is also a quantity of any nuclide having 1 curie of radioactivity.
   The prefixes milli-, micro-, nano-, and pico- are frequently used and
   indicate quantities of 10~3 curie, 10~^ curie,  10~9 curie, and 10"12
   curie, respectively.

Darcy's Law;   The relationship between the hydraulic gradient and the
   groundwater velocity.
                                 C-I-1

-------
DiapiriBin;  The forceful intrusion of one geologic material into another,
   overlying material.

Distribution coefficients (KH) and (Ka);  Sorptions or mechanisms causing
   ions to move at lower velocities than the groundwater transporting them.
   Kd = distribution coefficient for porous media; Ka * distribution coef-
   ficient for faulted or fractured media.

Fatfltr  A break in the continuity of a rock formation, caused by a shifting
   or dislodging of the earth's crust, in which adjacent surfaces are dif-
   ferentially displaced parallel to the plane of fracture.

Geosphere;  The solid earth, including rocks, soil, and water in the
   ground, but excluding oceans (hydrosphere) and air (atmosphere),

Half-life(radioactive);  The time required for one-half of an Initially
   radioactive material to undergo nuclear transformation; the half-life
   is a measure of the persistence of radioactivity and is unique to each
   radionuclide.

High-level waste;- The highly radioactive waste resulting from the
   reprocessing of spent fuel to separate uranium and plutonium from
   the fission products.  The term includes the high-level liquid
   wastes (HLLW) produced directly in reprocessing, and the solid
   high-level wastes (HLW) which can be made therefrom,

Hydraulic gradient:  The pressure drop per unit length of distance
   traveled.

Igneous rocks;  A group of rocks formed by the solidification of molten
   rock.  The group consists o'f intrusive (plutonic) rocks which have
   solidified below the earth's surface and extrusive (volcanic) rocks
   which solidified after eruption.

Interstitial velocity:  Groundwater flow through the pores and  openings
   and around individual grains of geologic media.

Ion;   An atom or molecule that has lost or gained one or more electrons.
   By this ionizatlon, it becomes electrically charged.  Examples:   an
   alpha particle, which is a helium atom minus two electrons; a proton,
   which is a hydrogen atom minus its electron.

Isotope:  One of two or more atoms with the same atomic number (the sane
   chemical element) but with different atomic weights.  Isotopes have
   very nearly the same chemical properties, but different nuclear
   (radioactive-decay) properties.  Thus, for the element carbon, for
   example,  the isotope of atomic weight 12 (C-12) and the Isotope of
   atomic weight 14 (C-14) behave identically in chemical reactions;
   but whereas C-12 is not radioactive, C-14 is radioactive,  decaying
   with a 5730-year half-life to stable nitrogen (N-14) with  release
   of a beta particle.
                                 C-I-2

-------
Laminar flow;  Non-turbulent flow of fluid in layers near a boundary.

Limestone;  A carbonate rock composed primarily of calcite, usually
   with varying amounts of dolomite.

Lithology;  The study, description and classification of rock.

Nuclide:  A general term applicable to all atomic forms of the elements,
   The terra is often used erroneously as a synonym for "isotope," which
   properly has a more limited definition.  Whereas isotopes are the
   various forms of a single element (hence are a family of nuclides)
   and all have the same atomic number and number of protons, nuclides
   comprise all the isotopic forms of all the elements.

Oxidation-reduction potential;  Energy gained in the transfer of one
   mole of electrons from an oxidant to hydrogen, expressed in volts.

Permeability;  The ability of a fluid to move through a medium under a
   hydraulic gradient,

Rad ipactivitv_;  The spontaneous decay or disintegration of an unstable
   atomic nucleus, usually accompanied by the emission of ionizing
   radiation.

Radioisotope;  A radioactive isotope.  An unstable isotope of an element
   that decays or disintegrates spontaneously, emitting radiation.  More
   than 1300 natural and artificial radioisotopes have been identified.

Radionuclide:  A radioactive nuclide.  Thus, carbon-14 (C-14) is a radio-
   nucllde because it decays radioactively to nitrogen-14 (N-14).

Radwaste;  A contraction of the term "radioactive waste."

Redox potential;  Oxidation-reduction potential (q.v.).

Rein;  A dose unit which takes into account the relative biological
   effectiveness (RBE) of the radiation.  The rem ("jrpentgen equiva-
   lent man") is defined as the dose of a particular type of radiation
   required to produce the same biological effect as one roentgen of
   (0.25 Mev) gamma radiation.   A 1-rad dose of alpha particles is
   approximately equivalent in its biological effects to 10 rads of
   gamma radiation, and hence may be expressed as 10 rems.  A milli-
   rem (mrem) is one thousandth of a rem.

Retardation _f_actor_(R<^)_;  Ratio of the water velocity to the nuclide
   migration velocity.

Salt dome;  A geologic salt formation in which a plug of salt has been
   thrust up through rock at some depth, leading to a subterranean
   "cylinder" of salt which may be a mile or more in diameter and
   several miles deep.
                                 C-I-3

-------
 Shale:  Llthifled  clay  or mud, usually  containing  some  sand  and  silt.

 Seismicity;  Caused by  an earthquake  or earth vibration.

-Stratigraphy:  The study of  rock  strata,  especially of  their distribution,
    deposition and  age.

 Styolite;  A small columnar  rock  development in limestone and other
    calcareous rocks.

 Tectonic;  Pertaining to the formation  of the earth's crust; the forces
    involved in or  producing  such  deformation and the resulting forms.

 Tuff;  A rock composed  of compacted volcanic ash varying in  size from
    fine sand to coarse  gravel.
                                 C-I-4

-------
                              APPENDIX C-I.I
                    RADIOACTIVE WASTE MIGRATION MODEL
     The radioactive waste migration model used in this study is a
single-phase, numerical model for transport of fluid, en&rgy, salinity,
                                         (29)
and radioactive nuclides in porous media    .  Basic laws of physics
are used to describe mathematically the tiuclide transport in geologic
formations.  The model includes radioactive decay and generation (by
decay of other components) ^and adsorption of nuclides.
     The complete "flow system" is described by three coupled partial
differential equations for conservation of total fluid mass, energy,
and an inert component (e.g. brine).  The equations are coupled through
fluid properties—density and viscosity.  Calculation of radioactive
waste transport, in addition to the above three equations, requires
separate solutions for each of the radioactive constituents.  Conservation
of mass of the species dissolved in the fluid phase and adsorbed on the
rock as well as radioactive decay and generation from other nuclides
are included.
     Basic assumptions and model features can be summarized as
follows:
     (1)  Three-dimensional, transient, laminar flow.
     (2)  Three-dimensional Cartesian (x, y, z) or two-dimensional
          (r, z) coordinate description,
     (3)  Fluid density can be a function of pressure, temperature
          and concentration of the inert component.  Fluid viscosity
          can be a function of temperature and concentration.
     (4)  Waste dissolved in fluid is completely miseible with
          the in—place fluids.
     (5)  Aquifer properties are varied with position.
     (6)  Hydrodynamic dispersion is described as a function of
          fluid velocity.
     (7)  The energy equation can be described as "enthalpy in -
          enthalpy out =  change in internal energy of the
          system".  This  is rigorous, except for kinetic
          and potential energy, which have been neglected.
     (8)  Boundary conditions allow natural water movement in
          the aquifer, heat losses to the adjacent formations,

                                C-II-1

-------
          and the. location of discharge, withdrawal,  and observation
          points within the system.  Pressures, temperatures, and
          concentrations at these points are related  to corres-
          ponding grid block centers through a wellbore model.
      (9)  Fluid properties are independent of radioactive nuclide
          concentrations (trace quantities).
     (10)  Radioactive nuclide source rates can be described through
          a leach model integrated in the waste migration model.
          The leach rate can be described by a logarithmic or a linear
          equation.  The radionuclide concentration in fluid can
          be limited by solubilities.
     (11)  Equilibrium adsorption and desorption exist.  The
          equilibrium adsorption constant is related  to adsorption
          distribution constant, rock density, and porosity.  The
          adsorption distribution constant is a function of rock
          or formation type only.
     Suppose x, y, z to be a Cartesian coordinate system and let Z(x,y,z'
be the height of a point above a horizontal reference plane.  Then the
basic equation describing single-phase flow in a porous medium results
from a combination of the .continuity equation
        y.pu  +  q'  .   _ JL (ep>*                              (I_l)
                           O t'
        Net
     Convection Source  Accumulation.
and Darcy's law in three dimensions.

     u  -  - k  (Vp -  pgVZ)                                     (1-2)

The result is the basic flow equation,

     V.£JE.  (vp  -  pg?Z)  - q'   =  |^  (eo)                      (1-3)

The energy balance (defined as enthalpy in <* enthalpy out - change in
internal energy) is described by the energy equation,
     Detailed definitions'of all terms are given in the Nomenclature.
                                C-II-2

-------
                 -  pg?Z»
         Net Energy
         Convection
  Conduction
                                      Heat Loss
                                       to Sur-
                                  rounding Strata
  q'H
Enthalpy In
with Fluid
Source q1
                                                                          (1-4)
         Energy In               Accumulation
         Without Fluid
            Input

A material balance for the solute results in the solute or concentration
equation
        - pg?Z)
Net Solute
Convection
.p| -VC

Diffusion
                                              q'C

                                            Source
    ft <>ec>
Accumulation
               (1-5)
A similar material for N radioactive components results in N component

equations
                 -  pg?Z)]
                      qC,
                                                        I K..R.C.pe
      Net Component 1
       Convection
     N
 Diffusion of      Source of   Generation of
 Component i     Component 1   Component 1 by
                               decay of other
                               isotopes
                                                                          (1-6)
    Net Decay of
    Component i to
    Other Isotopes
Accumulation
where
                   KkiPECi
and assumes the approximation
The equilibrium adsorption constant E.  * 1
                                 C-II-3

-------
     The system of equations, along with the fluid property dependence
on pressure, temperature, and concentration, describe the reservoir flow
due to discharge of wastes into an aquifer.  This is a nonlinear system
of partial differential equations, which must be solved numerically using
high-speed digital computers.  The equations are coupled with each other
through fluid property dependence.  Since the radioactive components are
assumed to be present in trace quantities only, and the fluid properties
are independent of these concentrations, the equations predicting the con-
centrations of radioactive components are uncoupled from the other equations.
     The solution procedure is simple.  First, the three differential
equations for the flow system are solved over a numerical time step.
Since the radionuclide transport equations are uncoupled from the first
three equations, the calculated flow solution (pressures and velocities)
is then used to solve the radioactive constituent equations.  The
radioactive nuclide transport equations are actually coupled through
decay and generation terms.  These are uncoupled by solving the
equations in a systematic order, starting from parent constitutent with
no generation terms.
     The model has been tested by comparing results with an analytical
solution for a one-dimensional, homogeneous, constant -velocity, and
three-component system    . The solution for an individual decaying
nuclide would have the form:
                                        ux
                             ^/% -  e"E    erfc^% ]       (1-7)
 For a  step  change,  input  superposition can be  used  with the  above  equa-
 tion.   A comparison of  the  numerical finite difference  model with  the
 analytical  ORIGEN computer  model  for uranium-238 is shown  in Figure  C-II-1.
 The solid lines  are ORIGEN  results  and the data  points  indicate  the
 numerical model  results.  Table C-II-1 lists the nuclides, their half-
 lives  and initial amounts present.   Considering  the range  in component
 amounts and the  time frame,  the match between  the two model  results  is
 excellent.   This comparison indicates that the decay chains, including
 components  with  large contrast in half-lives,  can be accurately  described
 by  the numerical model.   Although this comparison deals only with  decay,
 the same problem was solved for each nuclide migrative  with  the  same degree
 of  absorptivity.   The comparison  showed that the numerical model was capable
 of  the same accuracy when dealing with migrations as with decay.

-------
                                         -ORIGEN
                                         • Intern  Model
                    TIME,YEARS
FIGURE C- II—1 COMPARISON OF ORIGEN AND INTERA MODEL RESULTS FOR
             STATIC FLOW CONDITIONS
                        C-II-5

-------
TABLE C-II-1
Nuclljte
Cf-25G
Cor-246
Am-242m
Am-242
Cm-242
Pu-242
Pu-238
U-238
Th-234
Pa- 234m
Pa-234
U-234
Th-230
Ra-226
Rn-222
Po-218
Pb-214
Bi-214
Po-214
Pb-210
Bi-210
Po-210
Pb-206
DECAY CHAIN USED
Half-Life
(Years)
13.08
4711.0
152.0
1.825 x 10~3
0.4463
3.79 x 105
89.0
4.51 x 109
6.598 x 10~2
2.225 x 10~6
7.7 x 10~4
2.47 x 105
8.0 x 104
1600.0
1.04 x 10~2
5.8 x 10~6
5.095 x 10~5
3.746 x 10~5
6.338 x 10~12
21.0
1.372 x 10~2
0.3778
Stable
FOR COMPARISONS
Initial Mass
Present, (g)
1.5 x 10~4
101.0
319.0
3.83 x 10~3
0.784
6.15 x 104
1.26 x 104
5.73 x 107
8.32 x 10~4
1.93 x 10~8
6.69 x 10~6
1.02 x 104
0.405
2.94 x 10 5
0
0
0
0
0
6.49 x 10~8
2.94 x 10""11
7.39 x 10"10
0
OF MODEL RESULTS
Daughter
Nucllde
Cm-246
Pu-242
Am-242
| Cm-242
\Pu-242
Pu-238
U-238
U-234
Th-234
Pa-234m
(Pa-234
\U-234
U-234
lh-230
Ra-226
Rn-222
Po-218
Pb-214
Bi-214
Po-214
Pb-210
Bi-210
Po-210
Pb-206
— _
Fraction
0.9921
0.9997
1.0
|0.82
to. 18
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
to. ooi
\0.999
1.0
1.0
1.0
i.r
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
	
    C-II-6

-------
                               APPENDIX II
                              NOMENCLATURE
 C    -     concentration of  the radioactive/trace component
 A
 C    -     concentration of  the inert  contaminant
 Cf,   -     concentration of  the radioactive/trace component  in
           adsorbed state
 E    ~     dispersivity tensor (hydrodynamie + molecular)
 g    -     acceleration due  to gravity
 H    -     fluid enthalpy
 k    -     permeability
 K    -     constant decay
 R,   -     retardation factor
 d
 K,   -     adsorption distribution constant
 £    -     distance between  adjacent grid block centers
 p    -     pressure
 q'   -     fluid source rate (withdrawal)
 q.   -     rate of heat loss
 q,    -     rate of energy withdrawal
 t    -     time
 T    -     temperature
 1    -     transmissibility
_u    -     velocity vector
 U    -     internal energy
 Z    -     height above a reference plane
 E    -     porosity
 y    -     viscosity
 p    -     fluid density
 p_   -     formation density
 p_   -     bulk density of rock and fluid
                                C-II-7

-------
Subscripts
c    -    component (mass)
H    -    heat (energy)
R    -    rock (formation)
w    -    water (fluid)
                                  C-II-8

-------
                            APPENDIX C-III
                          PARAMETERS OF STUDY
     A meeting was held on January 9, 1979, with personnel from EPA, the
Geological Survey and INTERA.  The objective of this meeting was to
establish reasonable bounds on the parameters (for such variables as per-
meability, porosity, flow gradients, and distribution coefficients) that
could significantly affect geosphere transport of radionuclides,  By this
date, EPA had developed a pi  oabilistic risk sodel for estimating the
consequences associated with a high-level radioactive waste.repository.
In utilizing this risk model, sensitivity studies were to be performed
covering a range of the important parameters.  This appendix summarizes
the results of these studies for comparison with the values listed in
Tables C-7 and C-10.
     The panel concluded.that use of site criteria would establish at
least three factors.  These are:

     (1)  Yields of ground water in aquifers or flow units
          adjacent to the repository site would be extremely
          low.

     (2)  The original ground water environment in the vicinity
          of the repository would be a reducing one rather than
          an oxidizing one.

     (3)  No organic material would be considered for storage in
          the high-level repository.

     The simplified diagram below characterizes and defines the variables
of interest in the geosphere pathways.
                                 C-III-1

-------
In the above diagram, $Q, -,
                                          are the potentials at the
surface, aquifer entry from repository, aquifer discharge, and repository,
respectively,  k- and e, are the permeability and porosity of the aquifer
d the depth from surface to repository, and L the pathway length in the
aquifer.
     The following summarizes the values for the above variables:
>8 km (5 mi)
0.001 - 0.3
                 1(T5 - 10~3 cm/sec
               (2.8 x 10"2 - 2.8 ft/day)
                     (Max)
10"4 - 10'1 m/m
          —2
(Note:  10   had almost
 equal support for the
 upper limit.)
                                                    0 - *3)/d
0 - 10"2 m/m
                    vertical permeability
                    from repository to surface
 0.01 - 0.3
(porosity for
 vertical pathway)
                                C-III-2

-------
 In addition, the panel established the following limitations:

      (1)  Travel time In the aquifer should be greater than
          1000 years (siting criteria would eliminate lower
          travel tiaes).

      (2)  Adsorption coefficients should be assumed as follows:

          Nuclides                                 Rd
                                          (Retardation Factor)
          C-14                                     1
          Kr                                       1
          Ic                                       1
          1-129                                    1
          Sr                                    10, 100
          Cs                                    10, 100
          All actinldes over a range of 1, 10, 1000 (fully correlated)

      (3)  Limit the nuclldes leaving the repository by solu-
          bility in a reducing environment.

The above criteria (3)  would undoubtedly limit by solubility Tc» and the
actlnide nuclldes.   It  might also limit others depending upon anlons
present.
     The above parameter ranges were provided by the panel to give guid-
ance in the range of variables for EPA'a sensitivity analysis.  In some
cases, e.g., the adaorptivities, other values have been measured and
reported.  However, Investigation over the above range should provide
guidance in establishing the range of nucllde concentrations that might
reach the biosphere.
                               C-III-3

-------

-------
                             APPENDIX C-IV
                  "MAXIMUM" INDIVIDUAL AND POPULATION
                  DOSE COMMITMENT SAMPLE CALCULATIONS
                  "MAXIMUM" INDIVIDUAL DOSE COMMITMENT
     The "maximum" 50-year individual ingestion dose commitment is cal-
culated as the product of the drinking water activity (pCl/£) times the-
maximum annual Individual intake (liters) times the 50-year adult inges-
tion dose factor (rem/pCi),  For Ingestion of strontlum-90 at 300 years
in Scenario 2 (aqueous transport), the whole-body dose commitment is:

   3.6 x 106 pCl/£ x 730£ x 1.66 x 10~7 rem/pCi - 4.4 x 102 rem
                  "MAXIMUM" POPULATION DOSE COMMITMENT
     The "maximum" population 50-year Ingestion dose commitment is cal-
culated as the product of the drinking water activity (pCi/A) times the
average annual individual intake (liters) times the population (persons)
times the 50-year adult ingestion dose factor.  For ingestion of
strontium-90 at 300 years in Scenario 2 (aqueous transport), the whole-
body dose commitment is:

   3,6 x 1C6 pCi/t x 370£ x 250 persons x 1.66 x 10~7 rem/pCi
                              4
                    * 5.6 x 10  person rem
                                  C-IV-1

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                             APPENDIX
      "REASONABLE" POPULATION DOSE METHODOLOGY AND SAMPLE CALCULATION

      Case:  Aqueous Flow Transport  (Scenario  2),  River Model "A" for
neptunium-237 at 6,000 years.
      From Table C-19, Np-23/ has a  concentration  In  the  aquifer  at  one
mile  downgradient of the repository equal  to  7.4  x 10    g/£.  Using the
specific activity of Np-237  (7.3 x  10  Ci/g),  the activity  in the
aquifer as it intersects the river  is;
          7.4 x 10"5 g/A x 7.3 x 10"4 Ci/g -  5,4  x 10"8  Ci/A  or
                     54,000  pCi/H                                    (1)
      From Section C-4,4.2, the total discharge  of the aquifer Is 144,000
liters per day (0.06 cfs).   The river discharge at the aquifer intersect
(from the river model) is 2,400 ft  /sec (cfs).  The  Initial activity
of Np-237 in the river is then:
          (1 A/day - 4,1 x 10"7 cfs)
          54,000 pCi/A x      0.06  cfs	-1.3  pCi/A            (2)
                         2,400 cfs + 0.06  cfs
A^  Direct Ingestion Dose Commitment
      The 50-year population dose commitment resulting from one-year in-
gestion of the river water is calculated as the product of the activity
at the point of diversion for drinking water use  (pCi/Jt) times the
average individual's annual intake  (£) times the  population drinking the
water (persons) times the 50-year adult ingestion dose factor for Np-237
(rem/pCi).
      For the first population (i.e.,  that  at the  first diversion only),
drinking water below the aquifer intersect, the values used are:
     *  Dilution factor =1.7 (from river model)
     *  Activity of diversion = 1.3 pCl/£  * 1.7 =  7.6 x 10
     *  Average individual's annual intake = 370  liters  (54)
                                                    4
     *  The population drinking river water = 1 x  10  persons
        (from the river model)
     *  The 50-year adult ingestion dose factor for Np-237 *
        5.54 x 10"8 rem/pCl (54)
                                   C-V-1

-------
The 50-year population dose commitment is:
                                           .54 x 10"  rem/pCi
                                                             (3)
     7.6 x Itf1 pCi/£ x 370JI x 1 x 104 persons x 5.54 x 10"8 rem/pCl -
                            0.2 person-rent
     The total population do»« commitment resulting from direct inges-
tion of contaminated water is shown in Table C-26 for important'radionuclides
at the time of their maximum concentration in the model river.  These dose
commitments result from a summation of population dose commitments at each
river diversion for each nuclide.

B.  Ingestion of Contaminated Crops
     The 50-year population dose commitment resulting from ingestion of
one-year's crop irrigated with river water was calculated as the product
of the crop activity (pCi/kg) times the annual garden vegetable yield
(kg) times the ingeetion dose factor.  The crop activity for irrigated
crops is the sum of the activity resulting from direct deposition on the
vegetation and the activity resulting from uptake through the soil.  The
equation for estimating plant activity from irrigation follows;  (54)
r
r . r T r
, '^e B
1 - e _L . v
-At.]
1 - e b -
Cv V Y A, ' PA
L v E _i
-^
n
                                                                      (4)
                                           r A         [
                                                     _»
where  C  * crop activity (pCi/kg)
       GW = irrigation water activity  (p€i/£)
        I = irrigation water application rate  (fc/m -hr)
        r » fraction of activity retained on crops  (0.25  for sprinkler
            irrigation)
                                        2                           2
       Y  - agricultural yield  (2.0 kg/m  for  vegetation, 0.75 kg/m  for
            crop)
       B  = the transfer fraction from soil to vegetation for each  element
             (pCi/kg inplant \
             pCi/kg in soil   I
                                                           2
            the effective soli "surface density"  (240 kg/m  for 15.24 cm  (6-inch
            depth)
        X - radioactive decay constant  (hr   )  for each nuclide
       X_ » effective removal rate  constant  (X_ « ). + A  where X
        E                                      E        w       w
            is the weathering loss  (0.0021 hr*"*)

                                    C-V-2

-------
       t  " time that crops are exposed to contamination during the
            growing season (hrs)
       t.  - midpoint of soil exposure time (hrs)
        D
       t,  «• time between harvest and consumption (hrs).
        h
     The first fraction in the brackets accounts for the plant activity
resulting from direct deposition and the second fraction represents the
soil uptake activity.
     For all cases, the nuclides leaving the aquifer and contaminating
the river have sufficiently long half-lives that their removal by radio-
active decay in crops or soils is negligible.  Consequently, the above
equation may be simplified based on the following relationship:  As a
nuclide's half-life approaches infinity, \ approaches 0.
         limit A  - X  - 0.0021 hr"1                                  (5)
         t   n  £.    W
         A -* 0
                                                                      (6)

                                                                      (7)
     The equation then reduces to:
                                                                      (8)
     The above equation must be expanded as follows to consider the 10%
sprinkler and the 90% ditch irrigation contribution to the vegetation
activity:
                            -i t-
                                                         B t.
C - 0.1
V

-------
     The following terms are constants In the above equation:
     r - 0.25 (sprinkler irrigation)
    X  - 0.0021 hr"1
     w
    t  - 1000 hrs
     e
     P - 240 kg/m2
    t.  • 50 years or 4,4 x 10  hrs
     For neptunlum-237 at the diversion in River Model "A" corresponding to a.
1.7 dilution factor, C  -0.76 pCi/H, I (from river model) - 0.23H/m -hr,
Bv - 2.5 x 10~3 (1), Yy - 2.0 kg/m2  (1)
     Evaluation of terms in equation (9) results in the following:
           ,.  'VX   » .....  -0.0021 x 1 x 103.        ,   ,
         *<*-• - 1   Q.25(l-e - 1 , 52 taAg'1       (10)
                                                           g         UU|
             X Y              0.0021 x 2.0
              w v
          C  - 0.1 (0.76(0.23)  [52 4- 4.6]} 4- 0.9  (0.76(0.23)  (4.6)}
             -1.71 pCi/kg                                           <12>
     And the resulting dose commitment for a population of 10,000 persons Is:
                      7                  R
1.71 pCi/kg x 2.0 x 10  kg* x 5.54 x 10   rem/pCi -  1.9  person-rein.
     As in the dose commitments resulting from direct  ingestion, the
population dose commitments resulting from ingestion of contaminated
crops are summed for all diversions along the model  river.

C,  Ingestion of Contaminated Beef
     The 50-year population dose  commitment resulting  from ingestion of
contaminated beef is the product  of the  dose factor  (rem/pCl)  times  the
beef activity (pCi/kg) times the  total population Intake  (kg)  for one
year.
     The beef activity, C, ,  is  calculated from  the  activities of the
cattle drinking contaminated water and eating contaminated feed grain
using the following equation  (1):
                         C, - F,  (C I  4- C 1 )                       (13)
                           o     b   w w    v v
*Value from Table  C-21(  kg  of vegetables  per 10,000 people,

                                    C-V-4

-------
where  C  - activity in drinking water  (pCi/i)
        w
            intake of drinking water  (£/day)
       C  » activity in feed grain  (pCi/kg)
       I  * intake of feed grain  (kg/day)
       F. « beef transfer factor  (day/kg).
                                                                -4
     I  = 50 8,/day, Iy - 50 kg/day  and Ffe for  Npr237 -  2.0 x  10
(day/kg).  <54)
     The only difference between  C  for the human  ingested crops and  C
for livestock ingested crops is that the vegetative  yield  (Y  )  used for
                                2                           v
the livestock crops is 0.75 kg/m   (1).  This value gives a C  of:
              "                -0.0021 x 1 x 10               ,
            X Y                    0.0021 x  0.75
             w v
        Cy - 0.1 (0.76(0.23) (139 + 4.6)} +  0.9 (0.76(0.23)  (4.6)}
           - 3.23 pCi/kg                                             (15)
     Thus, for the beef grown at the first diversion  in  Elver Model  "A,"
     Cb - 2.0 x 10"4 day/kg  [(0.76 pCi/£ x 50  Jl/day)  +  (3.23 pCi/kg
                              x 50 kg/day)], - 0.04 pCi/kg          (16)

     For all beef pathways,  a beef yield of  1  kg/100  kg  feed crops was
used (Cattle Marketing Information Service).   This  gives a total  beef
yield  (population intake) »  3.9 x 10  kg* for the  sample  calculation.
The resulting dose commitmeiit for a population of 10,000 persons is thens
  0.04 pCl/kg x 3.9 x 10  kg x 5.54 x 10   rem/pCl - 8.6 x 10   person-rem.
D. Ingestion of Contaminated Milk
     The 50-year population dose coiaaitoent  resulting  from ingestion  of
contaminated milk involves a methodology  Identical  to  that for  contaminated
beef ingestlon (see equation  (13)).  The  parametric differences for the
sample calculation are:
     1-60 A/day (54)
     F  - 5.0 x 10~6 day/A (54)
                           \  *
*Value from Table C-21.
                                    C-V-5

-------
thus  C  - 5.0 x 10~6  t(0.76 pCi/fc x  60  it/day) -I- (3.23  pC,l/kg x 50

       *    •     _3         -                -.•".••,-••  '   '•     ••     •'.

         » 1 x 10   pCi/Jl


Bie resulting dose commitment for a  population of 10,000 people Is then:

         7               —3                   —8                     ^
3.2 x 10  £/yr x 1 x  10   pCi/£ x 5.54  x 10   rem/pCi - 1.8  x  10   person-reo.
                                                            '. U S, COVERflwmPBINTINC OFFICt 19?9-281-UJ/128
                                     C-V-6

-------
                                  TECHNICAL. F.EPO1T DATA

1. flEPOHT NO. 2.
EPA 520/4-79-007C
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
Technical Support of Standards for High-Level
Radioactive Waste Management, Volume C -
Migration Pathways
7. AUTHOFHSJ
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
Arthur D. Little, Inc.
Cambridge, Massachusetts 02140
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
Office of Radiation Programs
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Washington, D.C. 20460 •
Sr^SlPIENT^ ACCESSION NO.
>";«]? i 0 0 2 -j /
5. REPORT DATE
1979
6, PERFORMING QHGAMIZATION CODE
8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPQF
10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
68-01-4470
13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVI
March - July 1977
14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
/W/?- KG
15, SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
16, ABSTRACT
       This report is the result of work performed under the third part (Task C) of
  four-part contract to gather technical information to evaluate environmental
  acceptability of various options for disposal of high-level wastes.  The other tas
  are:   A-Source Term Characterization; B-Effectiveness of Engineering Controls; and
  D-Assessment of Accidental Pathways.

       Task C report has three principal objectives; to assess geologic site selecti
  factors; to review available information and quantify the potential far the migrat
  of nuclides through the geosphere to the biosphere, and to consider dose-to-man
  implications of a repository for high-level waste containing large quantities of
  radionuclides in high concentrations that might become dispersed into the biospher
  over  geologic times.  Task C attempts to summarize the Influences on nuclide migra
  potential and thereby identify critical inadequacies in the data and analytical
  method.
17. KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
a. DESCRIPTORS
radioactive waste disposal
high-level waste disposal
high-level waste depository
radionuclide pathways
18. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
t
*
b. IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS

19, SECURITY CLASS (This Report)
20. SECURITY CLASS f This page )
c. COSATI Field/era

21. NO. OF PAGES
22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (He». 4-7?)   PREVIOUS EDITION is OBSOLETE

-------